-
101 MAÐR
(gen. manns, pl. menn, with the art. menninir), m.1) man (irrespective of sex), human being (guð skapaði síðarst menn tvá, er ættir eru frá komnar);sýndi maðr manni, one showed it to another, it went from from hand to hand;fjöldi manns, a great number of people;múgr manns, crowd of people;2) degree in kinship;vera at þriðja, fjórða, fimta manni, to be related in the third, fourth, fifth degree;hann var manni firr en systrungr Bárðar, he was the son of a cousin of B.;* * *m., qs. mann-r, which form also occurs in old poets, engi mannr und ranni, Vellekla, (for the change of nn before r into ð see the introduction to letter N); gen. manns, dat. manni, acc. mann, plur. menn, qs. menn-r; with the article, menninir, so always in old writers, but in mod. mennirnir erroneously, as if from mennir: the plur. meðr, answering to the sing. maðr, occurs in old poets—meðr vituð öðling æðra, Fms. vii. 87 (in a verse); Norð-meðr róa naðri, vi. 309 (in a verse); meðr fengu mikit veðr, Edda 102; hirð-meðr, veðja, Rekst., all verses of the 11th and 12th centuries; er meðr Myrkvið kalla, Akv. 5: meðr hlutu sár, Fbr. 75 new Ed. (in a verse): gen. pl. manna, dat. mönnum, acc. menn. In Ballads and Rímur after the 15th century, and hence in eccl. writers of later times, a nom. mann is now and then used, esp. in compds influenced by Germ. and Engl., e. g. hreysti-mann, Skíða R. 58; or for the sake of rhyme, ætla þú ekki, aumr mann | af komast muni strafflaust hann, Pass. 14. 17: [Ulf. manna = ἄνθρωπος; in other Teut. languages spelt man, or better mann.]B. A man = Lat. homo, Gr. ἄνθρωπος, also people; eigi vil ek segja frá manninum þvíat mér er maðrinn skyldr, þat er frá manni at segja, at maðr er vel auðigr at fé, Nj. 51; mennskr maðr, a manlike man, a human being, opp. to giants or beings of superhuman strength, Gm. 31; menn eru hér komnir ef menn skal kalla, en líkari eru þeir þursum at vexti ok sýn en mennskum mönnum, Eg. 110; flýjum nú! ekki er við menn um at eiga, Nj. 97; þat hafa gamlir menn mælt, at þess manns mundi hefnt verða ef hann félli á grúfu, Eg. 107; þeir ungu menn ( the young people) elskask sín í millum, Mar.; þótt nökkut væri þústr á með enum yngrum mönnum, Ld. 200; fjöldi manns, múgr manns, Fms. ii. 45, 234, xi. 245; þykkir mönnum nökkur várkunn til þess, 192; var þat margra manna mál, at …, Eg. 537, Fms. i. 45; er þat íllt manni? Eg. 604; sá maðr, that person, K. Þ. K. 4; manna beztr, fríðastr …, the best, fairest … of men, passim; allra manna bezt, beyond all men, best of all men, Bs. i. 67; kona var enn þriði maðr, Hkr. iii. 184; hvárr þeirra manna, each of the wedded fair, Grág. i. 476; góðir menn, good men! in addressing, passim: allit., Guði ok góðum mönnum, to God and all good men, Bs. i. 68: sayings, maðr skal eptir mann lifa, man shall live after man (as a consolation), Eg. 322: maðr er manns gaman, man is man’s comfort, Hm. 46; whence huggun er manni mönnum at, Pass. 2. 10: maðr eptir mann, man after man, in succession; or, maðr af manni, man after man, in turn: sýndi maðr manni, man shewed it to man, it went round from hand to hand, Fms. vi. 216; nú segir maðr manni þessi fagnaðar-tíðendi, Bs. i. 181, Þiðr. 142; kunni þat maðr manni at segja at Bróðir felldi Brján, Nj. 275.2. phrases, þat veit menn (the verb in sing., the noun in plur.), every one knows that! to be sure! Art. 31, 62, Karl. 48; meðr of veit, Sighvat: mod. viti menn! with a notion of irony; thus also menn segja, men say, (in old poët. usage elliptically, kveða = Lat. dicunt, Vþm. 24, 26, 28, 30, Gm. 13, Hdl. 42, Hm. 11; kváðu, people said, Vm. 33): the sing. maðr = Fr. on, mod. Dan. man (in Dan. man siger), is not vernacular.3. in compds. kvenn-maðr, a woman; karl-maðr, a man: of families, Mýra-menn, Síðu-menn, Landn.: inhabitants, people, Norð-menn, Norsemen; Noregs-menn, the men of Norway; Athenu-menn, Athenians; Korintu-menn, Corinthians; of condition of life, leik-menn, laymen; kenni-menn, clergymen; búand-menn, peasants; valds-menn, rulers; kaup-menn, merchants; sjó-menn, seamen; vinnu-menn, labourers.4. degree in a lineage: at þriðja, fjórða, fimta … manni, in the third, fourth, fifth … degree, Grág. i. 321; manni firnari en systrungr …, one degree remoter than …, used of odd degrees (e. g. four on one side and three on the other), ii. 172; hann var manni firr en systrungr Bárðar, he was an odd second cousin of B., Bárð. 165; hence tví-menningar, þrí-menningar, fjór-menningar …, a second, third, fourth … cousin, passim.II. a man. Lat. vir; vér höfum þrjú skip ok hundruð manna á hverju, Fas. ii. 521; síðan fór hann til manna sinna, Fms. v. 514; greiða eyri gulls hverjum manni, 178; hann fór með of manns yfir landit, iv. 146; and so in countless instances: Sigurðar-menn, the followers of S.; Tuma-menn, konungs-menn, Krist-menn, kross-menn, vii. 293, 299, Ó. H. 216.2. a husband; Guð er Kristinnar andar maðr er honum giptisk í trú, Greg. 31: freq. in mod. usage, maðrinn minn, my husband! dóttur-maðr, a son-in-law.3. metaph., vera maðr fyrir e-u, to be man enough for it, able to do it; eg er ekki maðr fyrir því, maðr til þess, id.; hann sýndisk eigi maðr til at setjask í svá háleitt sæti, Bs. i. 743; mikill, lítill, maðr fyrir sér, to be a great, strong, weak man, and the like.III. the Rune m, see introduction.C. COMPDS, manns- and manna-: manns-aldr, m. a man’s life, generation, 623. 10, Fms. viii. 240, Fas. i. 406. manns-bani, a, m. ‘man’s bane,’ a man-slayer, Js. 49, Ni. 119. manns-barn, n. a ‘man’s bairn;’ in the phrase, hvert m., every child of man, Sturl. i. 47. manna-bein, n. pl. human bones, Fms. i. 230. manns-blóð, n. human blood, Nj. 59, Fms. iii. 125. manna-búkar, m. pl. corpses of slain, Fms. iii. 7, xi. 355. manna-bygð, f. human abodes, opp. to the wilderness, Fms. i. 215. manna-bær, m. dwelling-houses, Ann. 1390. manns-bætr, f. pl. weregild, Eg. 259. manns-efni, n. a man to be; gott-m. (see efni), Eg. 368, Fms. i. 174, Fær. 231. manna-farvegr, m. a foot-path, Gþl. 539. manns-fingr, m. a human finger. manna-forráð, n. ‘man-sway,’ rule, dominion; the godord or priesthood is often in the Laws and Sagas so called, Hrafn. 21, Nj. 149, Grág., Ísl. ii. 402, Fms. x. 45. manna-forræði, n. = mannaforráð, Nj. 231, Ld. 310. manns-fótr, m. a human foot, Hkr. ii. 114. manna-fundr, m. a meeting of men, Grág. i. 420. manns-fylgja, u, f., or manna-fylgjur, f. pl. fetches of men, Lv. 69, Fs. 68; see fylgja. manna-för, n. pl. men’s footprints, Eg. 578. manna-grein, f. distinction of men, Fms. viii. 21. manns-hauss, m. a human skull, Þorf. Karl. 242. manns-hár, n. human hair, Edda 4, Fas. iii. 266. manns-hold, n. human flesh, Fms. xi. 235. manna-hugir, m. pl., see hugr III. 2, Háv. 55, Þórð. 17 new Ed. manna-hús, n. pl. men’s houses, Fbr. 77: human abodes. manns-höfuð, manna-höfuð, m. (he human head, K. Á. 1, Fms. x. 280, Nj. 275. manns-hönd, f. a human hand, Fas. i. 66. manns-kona, u, f. a man’s wife, married woman, Grág. i. 335, 337, 341, 344, 380, Bs. i. 777, Sks. 340. manna-lát, n. the loss of men, loss of life, death, Nj. 248, Eg. 585, Orkn. 296. manns-lát, n. a person’s death, decease; heyra mannslát, to hear of a person’s death. manns-líf, n. man’s life, Hom. 6. manns-líki, n. human shape, Edda 9. manna-lof, n. praise of men, Hom. 83. manna-mál, n. human voices, human speech, Nj. 154; or manns-mál, id., in the phrase, það heyrist ekki mannsmál, no man’s voice can be heard, of a great noise. manna-missir, m. the loss of men, Sturl. iii. 7, Fas. ii. 552. manns-morð, n. murder, N. G. L. i. 256. manna-mót, n. = mannfundr, Grág. i. 343. manns-mót, n. manly mien, ‘manfulness,’ Fms. i. 149, xi. 86; þat er mannsmót að honum, he looks like a true man. manna-munr, m. distinction, difference of men, Bs. i. 855. manna-múgr, m. a crowd of people, Fær. 12. manns-mynd, f. the human shape, Stj. 147. manna-reið, f. (a body of) horsemen, Nj. 206. manna-samnaðr, m. = mannsafnaðr, Ísl. ii. 83. manna-seta, u, f. men staying in a place, Ld. 42. manna-skipan, f. the placing of people, as at a banquet, in battle, Korm. 62, Sturl. i. 20, ii. 237. manna-skipti, n. pl. exchange of men, Germ. auswechselung, Hkr. i. 8. manna-slóð, f. ‘man’s sleuth,’ a track of men, Sturl. i. 83. manna-spor, n. pl. men’s footprints. Sturl. ii. 90, Eg. 578, Landn. 191. manna-styrkr, m. help, Þórð. 74. manna-sættir, m. a daysman, peacemaker, Fms. x. 51, Eb. manna-taka, u, f. a reception of men, strangers, Fb. ii. 194. manna-tal, n. = manntal, Hkr. ii. 340. manns-váði, a, m. danger of life, Fms. viii. 224. manna-vegr, m. a road where men pass, opp. to a wilderness, Grett. 115 A, Ld. 328. manna-verk, n. pl. = mannvirki, man’s work, work by human hands, Fb. i. 541. manns-verk, n. work to be done by a person, N. G. L. i., 38, Gþl. 114. manna-vist, f. a human abode. Fms. i. 226, Jb. 9, Orkn. 434. manns-vit, n. ‘man’s wit,’ human understanding, reason, Nj. 106. manna-völd, n. pl.; in the phrase, e-t er af manna-völdum, it is due to human causes, not by natural causes, e. g. of a fire, the disappearance of a thing, or the like, Nj. 76, Fms. ii. 146, iii. 98. manns-vöxtr, m. a man’s stature, Fas. ii. 508, Hom. 112. manna-þengill, m. king of men, the name of Njörð, Gm. 16, Edda 104. manns-æði, n. human bearing, behaviour. manns-æfi, f. man’s lifetime; mart kann skipask á mannsæfinni, a saying, Fms. vii. 156; mart verðr á mannsætinni, útítt var þat þá er vér vórum ungir, Fær. 195. -
102 आचार
ā-cāram. (ifc. f. ā Yājñ. I, 87, etc..)
conduct, manner of action, behaviour, good behaviour, good conduct Mn. MBh. etc.;
custom, practice, usage, traditional orᅠ immemorial usage (as the foundation of law) ib. ;
an established rule of conduct, ordinance, institute, precept;
a rule orᅠ line MBh. III, 166 ;
= ācārika below Suṡr. ;
(with Buddhists) agreeing with what is taught by the teacher Sarvad. ;
(ī) f. the plant Hingtsha Repens L. ;
etc. seeᅠ ā-car
- आचारचक्रिन्
- आचारचन्द्रिका
- आचारतन्त्र
- आचारदीप
- आचारभेद
- आचारभ्रष्ट
- आचारमयूख
- आचारवत्
- आचारवर्जित
- आचारविरुद्ध
- आचारवेदी
- आचारव्यपेत
- आचारहीन
- आचाराङ्ग
- आचारादर्श
- आचारार्क
- आचारोल्लास
-
103 πνεῦμα
πνεῦμα, ατος, τό (πνέω; Aeschyl., Pre-Socr., Hdt.+. On the history of the word s. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 308ff).① air in movement, blowing, breathing (even the glowing exhalations of a volcanic crater: Diod S 5, 7, 3)ⓐ wind (Aeschyl. et al.; LXX, EpArist, Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 343; 349; SibOr 8, 297) in wordplay τὸ πνεῦμα πνεῖ the wind blows J 3:8a (EpJer 60 πνεῦμα ἐν πάσῃ χώρᾳ πνεῖ. But s. TDonn, ET 66, ’54f, 32; JThomas, Restoration Qtrly 24, ’81, 219–24). ὀθόνη πλοίου ὑπὸ πνεύματος πληρουμένη MPol 15:2. Of God ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα who makes his angels winds Hb 1:7; 1 Cl 36:3 (both Ps 103:4).ⓑ the breathing out of air, blowing, breath (Aeschyl. et al.; Pla., Tim. 79b; LXX) ὁ ἄνομος, ὅν ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 2 Th 2:8 (cp. Is 11:4; Ps 32:6).② that which animates or gives life to the body, breath, (life-)spirit (Aeschyl. et al.; Phoenix of Colophon 1, 16 [Coll. Alex. p. 231] πν.=a breathing entity [in contrast to becoming earth in death]; Polyb. 31, 10, 4; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 4 p. 394b, 8ff; PHib 5, 54 [III B.C.]; PGM 4, 538; 658; 2499; LXX; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 19 [Stone p. 44] al.; JosAs 19:3; SibOr 4, 46; Tat. 4:2) ἀφιέναι τὸ πνεῦμα give up one’s spirit, breathe one’s last (Eur., Hec. 571; Porphyr., Vi. Plotini 2) Mt 27:50. J says for this παραδιδόναι τὸ πν. 19:3 (cp. ApcMos 31 ἀποδῶ τὸ πν.; Just., D. 105, 5). Of the return of the (life-)spirit of a deceased person into her dead body ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πν. αὐτῆς Lk 8:55 (cp. Jdg 15:19). εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ πν. μου into your hands I entrust my spirit 23:46 (Ps 30:6; for alleged focus on ἐλπίζειν s. EBons, BZ 38, ’94, 93–101). κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου Ac 7:59; composite of both passages AcPl Ha 10, 23 (cp. ApcMos 42). τὸ πν. μου ὁ δεσπότης δέξεται GJs 23:3 (on the pneuma flying upward after death cp. Epicharm. in Vorsokrat. 23 [=13, 4th ed.], B 9 and 22; Eur., Suppl. 533 πνεῦμα μὲν πρὸς αἰθέρα, τὸ σῶμα δʼ ἐς γῆν; PGM 1, 177ff τελευτήσαντός σου τὸ σῶμα περιστελεῖ, σοῦ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα … εἰς ἀέρα ἄξει σὺν αὑτῷ ‘when you are dead [the angel] will wrap your body … and take your spirit with him into the sky’). τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πν. νεκρόν ἐστιν Js 2:26. πν. ζωῆς ἐκ τ. θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν ἐν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the prophet-witnesses who have been martyred) Rv 11:11 (cp. Ezk 37:10 v.l. εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτοὺς πνεῦμα ζωῆς; vs. 5). Of the spirit that animated the image of a beast, and enabled it to speak and to have Christians put to death 13:15.—After a person’s death, the πν. lives on as an independent being, in heaven πνεύματα δικαὶων τετελειωμένων Hb 12:23 (cp. Da 3:86 εὐλογεῖτε, πνεύματα καὶ ψυχαὶ δικαίων, τὸν κύριον). According to non-biblical sources, the πν. are in the netherworld (cp. En 22:3–13; Sib Or 7, 127) or in the air (PGM 1, 178), where evil spirits can prevent them from ascending higher (s. ἀήρ2b). τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν πορευθεὶς ἐκήρυξεν 1 Pt 3:19 belongs here if it refers to Jesus’ preaching to the spirits of the dead confined in Hades (so Usteri et al.; s. also JMcCulloch, The Harrowing of Hell, 1930), whether it be when he descended into Hades, or when he returned to heaven (so RBultmann, Bekenntnis u. Liedfragmente im 1 Pt: ConNeot11, ’47, 1–14).—CClemen, Niedergefahren zu den Toten 1900; JTurmel, La Descente du Christ aux enfers 1905; JMonnier, La Descente aux enfers 1906; HHoltzmann, ARW 11, 1908, 285–97; KGschwind, Die Niederfahrt Christi in die Unterwelt 1911; DPlooij, De Descensus in 1 Pt 3:19 en 4:6: TT 47, 1913, 145–62; JBernard, The Descent into Hades a Christian Baptism (on 1 Pt 3:19ff): Exp. 8th ser., 11, 1916, 241–74; CSchmidt, Gespräche Jesu mit seinen Jüngern: TU 43, 1919, 452ff; JFrings, BZ 17, 1926, 75–88; JKroll, Gott u. Hölle ’32; RGanschinietz, Katabasis: Pauly-W. X/2, 1919, 2359–449; Clemen2 89–96; WBieder, Die Vorstellung v. d. Höllenfahrt Jesu Chr. ’49; SJohnson, JBL 79, ’60, 48–51; WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits ’65. S. also the lit. in Windisch, Hdb.2 1930, exc. on 1 Pt 3:20; ESelwyn, The First Ep. of St. Peter ’46 and 4c below.—This is prob. also the place for θανατωθεὶς μὲν σαρκὶ ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι• ἐν ᾧ καὶ … 1 Pt 3:18f (some mss. read πνεύματι instead of πνεύμασιν in vs. 19, evidently in ref. to the manner of Jesus’ movement; πνεῦμα is that part of Christ which, in contrast to σάρξ, did not pass away in death, but survived as an individual entity after death; s. ἐν 7). Likew. the contrast κατὰ σάρκα … κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 1:3f. Cp. 1 Ti 3:16.③ a part of human personality, spiritⓐ when used with σάρξ, the flesh, it denotes the immaterial part 2 Cor 7:1; Col 2:5. Flesh and spirit=the whole personality, in its outer and inner aspects, oft. in Ign.: IMg 1:2; 13:1a; ITr ins; 12:1; IRo ins; ISm 1:1; IPol 5:1; AcPl Ant 13, 18 (=Aa I 237, 3).—In the same sense beside σῶμα, the body (Simplicius, In Epict. p. 50, 1; Ps.-Phoc. 106f; PGM 1, 178) 1 Cor 5:3–5; 7:34.—The inner life of humans is divided into ψυχὴ καὶ πνεῦμα (cp. Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 10 p. 370c τὶ θεῖον ὄντως ἐνῆν πνεῦμα τῇ ψυχῇ=a divine spirit was actually in the soul; Wsd 15:11; Jos., Ant. 1, 34; Tat. 13, 2; 15, 1 et al.; Ath. 27, 1. S. also Herm. Wr. 10, 13; 16f; PGM 4, 627; 630. ἐκ τριῶν συνεστάναι λέγουσι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος καὶ πνεύματος Did., Gen. 55, 14) Hb 4:12. Cp. Phil 1:27. τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα 1 Th 5:23 (s. GMilligan, Thess. 1908, 78f; EvDobschütz in Meyer X7 1909, 230ff; EBurton, Spirit, Soul, and Flesh 1918; AFestugière, La Trichotomie des 1 Th 5:23 et la Philos. gr.: RSR 20, 1930, 385–415; CMasson, RTP 33, ’45, 97–102; FGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 161–66). σαρκί, ψυχῇ, πνεύματι IPhld 11:2.ⓑ as the source and seat of insight, feeling, and will, gener. as the representative part of human inner life (cp. PGM 4, 627; 3 Km 20:5; Sir 9:9 al.; Just., D. 30, 1; Did., Gen. 232, 5) ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ Mk 2:8. ἀναστενάξας τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ λέγει 8:12 (s. ἀναστενάζω). ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πν. μου Lk 1:47 (in parallelism w. ψυχή vs. 46, as Sir 9:9). ἠγαλλιάσατο τῷ πν. 10:21 v.l., Ἰησοῦς ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πν. J 11:33 (s. ἐμβριμάομαι 3); Ἰης. ἐταράχθη τῷ πν. 13:21. παρωξύνετο τὸ πν. αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Ac 17:16; ζέων τῷ πν. with spirit-fervor 18:25 (s. ζέω). τὸ παιδίον ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι Lk 1:80; 2:40 v.l.; ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πν. Paul made up his mind Ac 19:21 (some would put this pass. in 6c, but cp. Lk 1:66 and analogous formulations Hom. et al. in L-S-J-M s.v. τίθημι A6). προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι of the spiritual, i.e. the pure, inner worship of God, that has nothing to do w. holy times, places, appurtenances, or ceremonies J 4:23; cp. vs. 24b. πν. συντετριμμένον (Ps 50:19) 1 Cl 18:17; 52:4.—2 Cl 20:4; Hv 3, 12, 2; 3, 13, 2.—This usage is also found in Paul. His conviction (s. 5 below) that the Christian possesses the (divine) πνεῦμα and thus is different fr. all other people, leads him to choose this word in preference to others, in order to characterize a believer’s inner being gener. ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πν. μου Ro 1:9. οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πν. μου 2 Cor 2:13. Cp. 7:13. As a matter of fact, it can mean simply a person’s very self or ego: τὸ πνεῦμα συμμαρτυρεῖ τῷ πνεύματι ἡμῶν the Spirit (of God) bears witness to our very self Ro 8:16 (cp. PGM 12, 327 ἠκούσθη μου τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπὸ πνεύματος οὐρανοῦ). ἀνέπαυσαν τὸ ἐμὸν πν. καὶ τὸ ὑμῶν they have refreshed both me and you 1 Cor 16:18. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χρ. μετά τοῦ πν. (ὑμῶν) Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25. Cp. 2 Ti 4:22. Likew. in Ign. τὸ ἐμὸν πν. my (unworthy) self IEph 18:1; IRo 9:3; cp. 1 Cor 2:11a—On the relation of the divine Spirit to the believer’s spiritual self, s. SWollenweider, Der Geist Gottes als Selbst der Glaubenden: ZTK 93, ’96, 163–92.—Only a part of the inner life, i.e. that which concerns the will, is meant in τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38; Pol 7:2. That which is inferior, anxiety, fear of suffering, etc. is attributed to the σάρξ.—The mng. of the expr. οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι Mt 5:3 is difficult to determine w. certainty (cp. Pla., Ep. 7, 335a πένης ἀνὴρ τὴν ψυχήν. The dat. as τῇ ψυχῇ M. Ant. 6, 52; 8, 51). The sense is prob. those who are poor in their inner life, because they do not have a misdirected pride in their own spiritual riches (s. AKlöpper, Über den Sinn u. die ursprgl. Form der ersten Seligpreisung der Bergpredigt bei Mt: ZWT 37, 1894, 175–91; RKabisch, Die erste Seligpreisung: StKr 69, 1896, 195–215; KKöhler, Die ursprgl. Form der Seligpreisungen: StKr 91, 1918, 157–92; JBoehmer, De Schatkamer 17, 1923, 11–16, TT [Copenhagen] 4, 1924, 195–207, JBL 45, 1926, 298–304; WMacgregor, ET 39, 1928, 293–97; VMacchioro, JR 12, ’32, 40–49; EEvans, Theology 47, ’44, 55–60; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 134ff; Betz, SM 116 n. 178 for Qumran reff.).ⓒ spiritual state, state of mind, disposition ἐν ἀγάπῃ πνεύματί τε πραΰτητος with love and a gentle spirit 1 Cor 4:21; cp. Gal 6:1. τὸ πν. τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν Eph 4:23 (s. νοῦς 2a). ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος with the imperishable (gift) of a quiet disposition 1 Pt 3:4.④ an independent noncorporeal being, in contrast to a being that can be perceived by the physical senses, spirit (ELangton, Good and Evil Spirits ’42).ⓐ God personally: πνεῦμα ὁ θεός J 4:24a (Ath. 16, 2; on God as a spirit, esp. in the Stoa, s. MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48/49. Hdb. ad loc. Also Celsus 6, 71 [Stoic]; Herm. Wr. 18, 3 ἀκάματον μέν ἐστι πνεῦμα ὁ θεός).ⓑ good, or at least not expressly evil spirits or spirit-beings (cp. CIG III, 5858b δαίμονες καὶ πνεύματα; Proclus on Pla., Cratyl. p. 69, 6; 12 Pasqu.; En 15:4; 6; 8; 10; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 15f [Stone p. 10, 15f] πάντα τὰ ἐπουράνια πνεύματα; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 26 [Stone p. 82] ὑψηλὸν πν.; PGM 3, 8 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε, ἱερὸν πνεῦμα; 4, 1448; 3080; 12, 249) πνεῦμα w. ἄγγελος (cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 108; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 33; 8, 12) Ac 23:8f. God is ὁ παντὸς πνεύματος κτίστης καὶ ἐπίσκοπος 1 Cl 59:3b.—Pl., God the μόνος εὐεργέτης πνεύματων 1 Cl 59:3a. Cp. 64 (s. on this Num 16:22; 27:16. Prayers for vengeance fr. Rheneia [Dssm., LO 351–55=LAE 423ff=SIG 1181, 2] τὸν θεὸν τὸν κύριον τῶν πνευμάτων; PGM 5, 467 θεὸς θεῶν, ὁ κύριος τῶν πν.; sim. the magic pap PWarr 21, 24; 26 [III A.D.]); the πατὴρ τῶν πνευμάτων Hb 12:9. Intermediary beings (in polytheistic terminology: δαίμονες) that serve God are called λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα Hb 1:14. In Rv we read of the ἑπτὰ πνεύματα (τοῦ θεοῦ) 1:4; 3:1; 4:5; 5:6; s. ASkrinjar, Biblica 16, ’35, 1–24; 113–40.— Ghost Lk 24:37, 39.ⓒ evil spirits (PGM 13, 798; 36, 160; TestJob 27, 2; ApcSed [both Satan]; AscIs 3:28; Just., D. 39, 6 al.; Ath. 25, 3), esp. in accounts of healing in the Synoptics: (τὸ) πνεῦμα (τὸ) ἀκάθαρτον (Just., D. 82, 3) Mt 12:43; Mk 1:23, 26; 3:30; 5:2, 8; 7:25; 9:25a; Lk 8:29; 9:42; 11:24; Rv 18:2. Pl. (TestBenj 5:2) Mt 10:1; Mk 1:27; 3:11; 5:13; 6:7; Lk 4:36; 6:18; Ac 5:16; 8:7; Rv 16:13; ending of Mk in the Freer ms.—τὸ πν. τὸ πονηρόν Ac 19:15f. Pl. (En 99:7; TestSim 4:9; 6:6, TestJud 16:1; Just., D. 76, 6) Lk 7:21; 8:2; Ac 19:12f.—πν. ἄλαλον Mk 9:17; cp. vs. 25b (s. ἄλαλος). πν. πύθων Ac 16:16 (s. πύθων). πν. ἀσθενείας Lk 13:11. Cp. 1 Ti 4:1b. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου (s. δαιμόνιον 2) Lk 4:33. πνεύματα δαιμονίων Rv 16:14 (in effect = personified ‘exhalations’ of evil powers; for the combination of πν. and δαιμ. cp. the love spell Sb 4324, 16f τὰ πνεύματα τῶν δαιμόνων τούτων).—Abs. of a harmful spirit Mk 9:20; Lk 9:39; Ac 16:18. Pl. Mt 8:16; 12:45; Lk 10:20; 11:26.—1 Pt 3:19 (s. 2 above) belongs here if the πνεύματα refer to hostile spirit-powers, evil spirits, fallen angels (so FSpitta, Christi Predigt an die Geister 1890; HGunkel, Zum religionsgesch. Verständnis des NT 1903, 72f; WBousset, ZNW 19, 1920, 50–66; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919, 25ff; Knopf, Windisch, FHauck ad loc.; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism ’46, esp. 54–56, 69).—Hermas also has the concept of evil spirits that lead an independent existence, and live and reign within the inner life of a pers.; the Holy Spirit, who also lives or would like to live there, is forced out by them (cp. TestDan 4) Hm 5, 1, 2–4; 5, 2, 5–8; 10, 1, 2. τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον … ἕτερον πονηρὸν πν. 5, 1, 2. These πνεύματα are ὀξυχολία 5, 1, 3; 5, 2, 8 (τὸ πονηρότατον πν.); 10, 1, 2; διψυχία 9:11 (ἐπίγειον πν. ἐστι παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλου); 10, 1, 2; λύπη 10, 1, 2 (πάντων τῶν πνευμάτων πονηροτέρα) and other vices. On the complicated pneuma-concept of the Mandates of Hermas s. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Hm 5, 2, 7; cp. Leutzsch, Hermas 453f n. 133.⑤ God’s being as controlling influence, with focus on association with humans, Spirit, spirit as that which differentiates God fr. everything that is not God, as the divine power that produces all divine existence, as the divine element in which all divine life is carried on, as the bearer of every application of the divine will. All those who belong to God possess or receive this spirit and hence have a share in God’s life. This spirit also serves to distinguish Christians fr. all unbelievers (cp. PGM 4, 1121ff, where the spirit is greeted as one who enters devotees and, in accordance w. God’s will, separates them fr. themselves, i.e. fr. the purely human part of their nature); for this latter aspect s. esp. 6 below.ⓐ the Spirit of God, of the Lord (=God) etc. (LXX; TestSim 4:4; JosAs 8:11; ApcSed 14:6; 15:6; ApcMos 43; SibOr 3, 701; Ps.-Phoc. 106; Philo; Joseph. [s. c below]; apolog. Cp. Plut., Numa 4, 6 πνεῦμα θεοῦ, capable of begetting children; s. παρθένος a) τὸ πν. τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:11b, 14; 3:16; 6:11; 1J 4:2a (Just., D. 49, 3; Tat. 13, 3; Ath. 22, 3). τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πν. 1 Pt 4:14 (Just., A I, 60, 6). τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12b. τὸ πν. κυρίου Ac 5:9; B 6:14; B 9:2 (cp. Mel., P. 32, 222). τὸ πνεῦμά μου or αὐτοῦ: Mt 12:18 (Is 42:1); Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f.—Cp. 1QS 4:21); 1 Cor 2:10a v.l.; Eph 3:16; 1 Th 4:8 (where τὸ ἅγιον is added); 1J 4:13.—τὸ πν. τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν Mt 10:20. τὸ πν. τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ro 8:11a.—Without the art. πν. θεοῦ (JosAs 4:9; Tat. 15:3; Theoph. Ant. 1, 5 [p. 66, 18]) the Spirit of God Mt 3:16; 12:28; Ro 8:9b, 14, 19; 1 Cor 7:40; 12:3a; 2 Cor 3:3 (πν. θεοῦ ζῶντος); Phil 3:3. πν. κυρίου Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39 (like J 3:8; 20:22; Ac 2:4, this pass. belongs on the borderline betw. the mngs. ‘wind’ and ‘spirit’; cp. Diod S 3, 60, 3 Ἕσπερον ἐξαίφνης ὑπὸ πνευμάτων συναρπαγέντα μεγάλων ἄφαντον γενέσθαι ‘Hesperus [a son of Atlas] was suddenly snatched by strong winds and vanished fr. sight’. S. HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919, 19ff; OCullmann, TZ. 4, ’48, 364); 1 Cl 21:2.ⓑ the Spirit of Christ, of the Lord (=Christ) etc. τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ Ac 16:7. τὸ πν. Χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:32. τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς πν. Χριστοῦ 1 Pt 1:11. πν. Χριστοῦ Ro 8:9c. πν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ AcPl Ha 8, 18. ἀπὸ τοῦ πν. τοῦ χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:10. τὸ πν. Ἰης. Χριστοῦ Phil 1:19. τὸ πν. κυρίου 2 Cor 3:17b (JHermann, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61). τὸ πν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ (=θεοῦ) Gal 4:6. As possessor of the divine Spirit, and at the same time controlling its distribution among humans, Christ is called κύριος πνεύματος Lord of the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18 (s. Windisch ad loc.); but many prefer to transl. from the Lord who is the Spirit.—CMoule, OCullmann Festschr., ’72, 231–37.ⓒ Because of its heavenly origin and nature this Spirit is called (the) Holy Spirit (cp. PGM 4, 510 ἵνα πνεύσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸ ἱερὸν πνεῦμα.—Neither Philo nor Josephus called the Spirit πν. ἅγιον; the former used θεῖον or θεοῦ πν., the latter πν. θεῖον: Ant. 4, 118; 8, 408; 10, 239; but ἅγιον πνεῦμα Orig. C. Cels 1, 40, 16).α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον (Is 63:10f; Ps 50:13; 142:10 v.l.; cp. Sus 45 Theod.; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 10 [Stone p. 10]; JosAs 8:11 [codd. ADE]; AscIs 3, 15, 26; Just., D. 36, 6 al.) Mt 12:32 = Mk 3:29 = Lk 12:10 (τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα; on the ‘sin against the Holy Spirit’ s. HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 96–112; AFridrichsen, Le péché contre le Saint-Esprit: RHPR 3, 1923, 367–72). Mk 12:36; 13:11; Lk 2:26; 3:22; 10:21; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; 2:33; 5:3, 32; 7:51; 8:18 v.l.; 10:44, 47; 11:15; 13:2; 15:8, 28; 19:6; 20:23, 28; 21:11; 28:25; Eph 1:13 (τὸ πν. τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τὸ ἅγιον); 4:30 (τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ); Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 16:2; 18:11 (Ps 50:13); 22:1; IEph 9:1; Hs 5, 5, 2; 5, 6, 5–7 (on the relationship of the Holy Spirit to the Son in Hermas s. ALink, Christi Person u. Werk im Hirten des Hermas 1886; JvWalter, ZNW 14, 1913, 133–44; MDibelius, Hdb. exc. following Hs 5, 6, 8 p. 572–76).—τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα (Wsd 9:17; OdeSol 11:2; TestJob 51:2; ApcEsdr 7:16; Just. D. 25, 1 al.) Mt 28:19; Lk 12:10 (s. above), 12; Ac 1:8; 2:38 (epexegetic gen.); 4:31; 9:31; 10:45; 13:4; 16:6; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 13:13; 1J 5:7 v.l. (on the Comma Johanneum s. λόγο 3); GJs 24:4 (s. χρηματίζω 1bα). As the mother of Jesus GHb 20, 61 (HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 64ff; SHirsch, D. Vorstellg. v. e. weibl. πνεῦμα ἅγ. im NT u. in d. ältesten christl. Lit. 1927. Also WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis 1907, 9ff).β. without the art. (s. B-D-F §257, 2; Rob. 761; 795) πνεῦμα ἅγιον (PGM 3, 289; Da 5:12 LXX; PsSol 17:37; AssMos Fgm. b; Just., D. 4, 1 al.; Ath. 24, 1. S. also Da Theod. 4:8, 9, 18 θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἅγιον or πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἅγιον) Mk 1:8; Lk 1:15, 35, 41, 67; 2:25; 4:1; 11:13; J 20:22 (Cassien, La pentecôte johannique [J 20:19–23] ’39.—See also 1QS 4:20f); Ac 2:4a; 4:8; 7:55; 8:15, 17, 19; 9:17; 10:38; 11:24; 13:9; 19:2ab; Hb 2:4; 6:4; 1 Pt 1:12 v.l.; 1 Cl 2:2; AcPl 6:18; 9:4 (restored after Aa I 110, 11); AcPlCor 2:5.—So oft. in combination w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου Ac 1:2; 4:25; Ro 5:5; 2 Ti 1:14; 1 Cl 8:1 (cp. διὰ πν. αἰωνίου Hb 9:14). διὰ φωνῆς πν. ἁγίου AcPl Ha 11, 6. ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου (Eus., PE 3, 12, 3 of the Egyptians: ἐκ τ. πνεύματος οἴονται συλλαμβάνειν τὸν γῦπα. Here πνεῦμα= ‘wind’; s. Horapollo 1, 11 p. 14f. The same of other birds since Aristot.—On the neut. πνεῦμα as a masc. principle cp. Aristoxenus, Fgm. 13 of the two original principles: πατέρα μὲν φῶς, μητέρα δὲ σκότος) Mt 1:18, 20; IEph 18:2; GJs 14:2; 19:1 (pap). ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ (PsSol 17:37; ApcZeph; Ar. 15, 1) Mt 3:11; Mk 1:8 v.l.; Lk 3:16; J 1:33b; Ac 1:5 (cp. 1QS 3:7f); 11:16; Ro 9:1; 14:17; 15:16; 1 Cor 12:3b; 2 Cor 6:6; 1 Th 1:5; 1 Pt 1:12 (without ἐν v.l.); Jd 20. ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου 2 Pt 1:21. Cp. ἐν δυνάμει πνεύματος ἁγίου Ro 15:13, 19 v.l. (for πνεύματος θεοῦ). μετὰ χαρᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου 1 Th 1:6. διὰ ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ἁγίου Tit 3:5.ⓓ abs.α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα. In this connection the art. is perh. used anaphorically at times, w. the second mention of a word (s. B-D-F §252; Rob. 762); perh. Mt 12:31 (looking back to vs. 28 πν. θεοῦ); Mk 1:10, 12 (cp. vs. 8 πν. ἅγιον); Lk 4:1b, 14 (cp. vs. 1a); Ac 2:4b (cp. vs. 4a).—As a rule it is not possible to assume that anaphora is present: Mt 4:1; J 1:32, 33a; 3:6a, 8b (in wordplay), 34; 7:39a; Ac 8:29; 10:19; 11:12, 28; 19:1 D; 20:3 D, 22; 21:4; Ro 8:23 (ἀπαρχή 1bβ; 2), 26a, 27; 12:11; 15:30; 2 Cor 1:22 and 5:5 (KErlemann, ZNW 83, ’92, 202–23, and s. ἀρραβών); 12:18 (τῷ αὐτῷ πν.); Gal 3:2, 5, 14 (ἐπαγγελία 1bβ); Eph 4:3 (gen. of the author); 6:17 (perh. epexegetic gen.); 1 Ti 4:1a; Js 4:5; 1J 3:24; 5:6ab (some mss. add καὶ πνεύματος to the words διʼ ὕδατος κ. αἵματος at the beg. of the verse; this is approved by HvSoden, Moffatt, Vogels, Merk, and w. reservations by CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46, TManson, JTS 48, ’47, 25–33), vs. 8; Rv 2:7, 11, 17, 29; 3:6, 13, 22; 14:13; 22:17; B 19:2, B 7= D 4:10 (s. ἐτοιμάζω b). ἐν τῷ πνεύματι (led) by the Spirit Lk 2:27.—Paul links this Spirit of God, known to every Christian, with Christ as liberating agent in contrast to legal constraint ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμα ἐστιν the Lord means Spirit 2 Cor 3:17a (UHolzmeister, 2 Cor 3:17 Dominus autem Spiritus est 1908; JNisius, Zur Erklärung v. 2 Cor 3:16ff: ZKT 40, 1916, 617–75; JKögel, Ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν: ASchlatter Festschr. 1922, 35–46; C Guignebert, Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. II 1928, 7–22; EFuchs, Christus u. d. Geist b. Pls ’32; HHughes, ET 45, ’34, 235f; CLattey, Verb. Dom. 20, ’40, 187–89; DGriffiths ET 55, ’43, 81–83; HIngo, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61 [Paul]; JDunn, JTS 21, ’70, 309–20).β. without the art. πνεῦμα B 1:3. κοινωνία πνεύματος Phil 2:1 (κοινωνία 1 and 2). πνεύματι in the Spirit or through the Spirit Gal 3:3; 5:5, 16, 18; 1 Pt 4:6. εἰ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν if we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit Gal 5:25. Freq. used w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. ἐξ (ὕδατος καὶ) πνεύματος J 3:5. ἐν πνεύματι in, by, through the Spirit Mt 22:43; Eph 2:22; 3:5; 5:18; 6:18; Col 1:8 (ἀγάπη ἐν πνεύματι love called forth by the Spirit); B 9:7. κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 8:4f; Gal 4:29. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2 (s. ἁγιασμός).—In neg. expressions: οὔπω ἧν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39b. ψυχικοὶ πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες worldly people, who do not have the Spirit Jd 19.—ἓν πνεῦμα one and the same Spirit 1 Cor 12:13; Eph 2:18; 4:4; one (in) Spirit 1 Cor 6:17.ⓔ The Spirit is more closely defined by a gen. of thing: τὸ πν. τῆς ἀληθείας (TestJud 20:5) J 14:17; 15:26; 16:13 (in these three places the Spirit of Truth is the Paraclete promised by Jesus upon his departure); 1J 4:6 (opp. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης, as TestJud 20:1; PsSol 8:14 πλ. πλανήσεως; Just., D. 7, 3 πλάνου καὶ ἀκαθάρτου πνεύματος; cp. 1QS 4:23); τὸ τῆς δόξης πν. 1 Pt 4:14. τὸ πν. τῆς ζωῆς the Spirit of life Ro 8:2. το πν. τῆς πίστεως 2 Cor 4:13. πν. σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως Eph 1:17 (cp. Just., D. 87, 4). πν. υἱοθεσίας Ro 8:15b (opp. πν. δουλείας vs. 15a). πν. δυνάμεως AcPl Ha 8, 25. πν. δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 2 Ti 1:7 (opp. πν. δειλίας). τὸ πν. τῆς χάριτος (s. TestJud 24:2) Hb 10:29 (Zech 12:10); cp. 1 Cl 46:6.ⓕ Of Christ ‘it is written’ in Scripture: (ἐγένετο) ὁ ἔσχατος Ἀδὰμ εἰς πνεῦμα ζῳοποιοῦν 1 Cor 15:45. The scripture pass. upon which the first part of this verse is based is Gen 2:7, where Wsd 15:11 also substitutes the words πνεῦμα ζωτικόν for πνοὴν ζωῆς (cp. Just., D. 6, 2). On the other hand, s. Philo, Leg. All. 1, 42 and s. the lit. s.v. Ἀδάμ ad loc.ⓖ The (divine) Pneuma stands in contrast to everything that characterizes this age or the finite world gener.: οὐ τὸ πν. τοῦ κόσμου ἀλλὰ τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12; cp. Eph 2:2 and 1 Ti 4:1ab.α. in contrast to σάρξ, which is more closely connected w. sin than any other earthly material (Just., D. 135, 6): J 3:6; Ro 8:4–6, 9a, 13; Gal 3:3; 5:17ab; 6:8. Cp. B 10:9. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος στρατεύεται Pol 5:3.β. in contrast to σῶμα (=σάρξ) Ro 8:10 and to σάρξ (=σῶμα, as many hold) J 6:63a (for τὸ πν. ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν cp. Philo, Op. Mund. 30; Herm. Wr. in Cyrill., C. Jul. I 556c=542, 24 Sc. the pneuma τὰ πάντα ζῳοποιεῖ καὶ τρέφει. S. also f above). Cp. Ro 8:11b.γ. in contrast to γράμμα, which is the characteristic quality of God’s older declaration of the divine will in the law: Ro 2:29; 7:6; 2 Cor 3:6ab, 8 (cp. vs. 7).δ. in contrast to the wisdom of humans 1 Cor 2:13.⑥ the Spirit of God as exhibited in the character or activity of God’s people or selected agents, Spirit, spirit (s. HPreisker, Geist u. Leben ’33).ⓐ πνεῦμα is accompanied by another noun, which characterizes the working of the Spirit more definitely: πνεῦμα καὶ δύναμις spirit and power Lk 1:17; 1 Cor 2:4. Cp. Ac 10:38; 1 Th 1:5. πνεῦμα καὶ ζωή J 6:63b. πνεῦμα κ. σοφία Ac 6:3; cp. vs. 10 (cp. TestReub 2:6 πνεῦμα λαλίας). πίστις κ. πνεῦμα ἅγιον 6:5 (cp. Just., D. 135, 6). χαρὰ καὶ πνεῦμα ἅγ. 13:52.ⓑ Unless frustrated by humans in their natural condition, the Spirit of God produces a spiritual type of conduct Gal 5:16, 25 and produces the καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματος vs. 22 (s. Vögtle under πλεονεξία).ⓒ The Spirit inspires certain people of God B 12:2; B 13:5, above all, in their capacity as proclaimers of a divine revelation (Strabo 9, 3, 5 the πνεῦμα ἐνθουσιαστικόν, that inspired the Pythia; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; 33, 5 of the divine πν. that impels prophets and poets to express themselves; schol. on Pla. 856e of a μάντις: ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ πληροῦσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ; Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 4 [=Fgm. 2, 4 p. 136 Holladay] τὸ θεῖον πν., καθʼ ὸ̔ καὶ προφήτης ἀνακεκήρυκται ‘[Moses possessed] the Divine Spirit with the result that he was proclaimed a prophet’; AscIs 1:7 τὸ πν. τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ἐμοί; AssMos Fgm. f εἶδεν πνεύματι ἐπαρθείς; Just., A I, 38, 1 al.; Ath. 10, 3 τὸ προφητικὸν πν. Cp. Marinus, Vi. Procli 23 of Proclus: οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ θείας ἐπινοίας … διαλέγεσθαι; Orig., C. Cels. 3, 28, 23). προφητεία came into being only as ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερόμενοι ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 2 Pt 1:21; cp. Ac 15:29 v.l.; cp. 1 Cl 8:1. David Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; cp. Ac 1:16; 4:25. Isaiah Ac 28:25. Moses B 10:2, B 9; the Spirit was also active in giving the tables of the law to Moses 14:2. Christ himself spoke in the OT διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου 1 Cl 22:1. The ἱεραὶ γραφαί are called αἱ διὰ τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἁγίου 45:2.—The Christian prophet Agabus also ἐσήμαινεν διὰ τοῦ πν. Ac 11:28; cp. Ac 21:11. Likew. Ign. IPhld 7:2. In general the Spirit reveals the most profound secrets to those who believe 1 Cor 2:10ab.—1 Cl claims to be written διὰ τοῦ ἁγ. πν. 63:2. On Ac 19:21 s. 3b.ⓓ The Spirit of God, being one, shows the variety and richness of its life in the different kinds of spiritual gifts which are granted to certain Christians 1 Cor 12:4, 7, 11; cp. vs. 13ab.—Vss. 8–10 enumerate the individual gifts of the Spirit, using various prepositions: διὰ τοὺ πν. vs. 8a; κατὰ τὸ πν. vs. 8b; ἐν τῷ πν. vs. 9ab. τὸ πν. μὴ σβέννυτε do not quench the Spirit 1 Th 5:19 refers to the gift of prophecy, acc. to vs. 20.—The use of the pl. πνεύματα is explained in 1 Cor 14:12 by the varied nature of the Spirit’s working; in vs. 32 by the number of persons who possess the prophetic spirit; on the latter s. Rv 22:6 and 19:10.ⓔ One special type of spiritual gift is represented by ecstatic speaking. Of those who ‘speak in tongues’ that no earthly person can understand: πνεύματι λαλεῖ μυστήρια expresses secret things in a spiritual way 1 Cor 14:2. Cp. vss. 14–16 and s. νοῦς 1b. τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπερεντυγχάνει στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις the Spirit pleads in our behalf with groans beyond words Ro 8:26b. Of speech that is ecstatic, but expressed in words that can be understood λαλεῖν ἐν πνεύματι D 11:7, 8; cp. vs. 9 (on the subject-matter 1 Cor 12:3; Jos., Ant. 4, 118f; TestJob 43:2 ἀναλαβὼν Ἐλιφᾶς πν. εἶπεν ὕμνον). Of the state of mind of the seer of the Apocalypse: ἐν πνεύματι Rv 17:3; 21:10; γενέσθαι ἐν πν. 1:10; 4:2 (s. γίνομαι 5c, ἐν 4c and EMoering, StKr 92, 1920, 148–54; RJeske, NTS 31, ’85, 452–66); AcPl Ha 6, 27. On the Spirit at Pentecost Ac 2:4 s. KLake: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 111–21. κατασταλέντος τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἐν Μύρτῃ when the Spirit (of prophecy) that was in Myrta ceased speaking AcPl Ha 7, 9.ⓕ The Spirit leads and directs Christian missionaries in their journeys (Aelian, NA 11, 16 the young women are led blindfolded to the cave of the holy serpent; they are guided by a πνεῦμα θεῖον) Ac 16:6, 7 (by dreams, among other methods; cp. vs. 9f and s. Marinus, Vi. Procli 27: Proclus ἔφασκεν προθυμηθῆναι μὲν πολλάκις γράψαι, κωλυθῆναι δὲ ἐναργῶς ἔκ τινων ἐνυπνίων). In Ac 16:6–7 τὸ ἅγιον πν. and τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ are distinguished.⑦ an activating spirit that is not fr. God, spirit: πν. ἔτερον a different (kind of) spirit 2 Cor 11:4. Cp. 2 Th 2:2; 1J 4:1–3. Because there are persons activated by such spirits, it is necessary to test the var. kinds of spirits (the same problem Artem. 3, 20 περὶ διαφορᾶς μάντεων, οἷς δεῖ προσέχειν καὶ οἷς μή) 1 Cor 12:10; 1J 4:1b. ὁ διάβολος πληροῖ αὐτὸν αὐτοῦ πν. Hm 11:3. Also οὐκ οἴδατε ποίου πνεύματός ἐστε Lk 9:55 v.l. distinguishes betw. the spirit shown by Jesus’ disciples, and another kind of spirit.—Even more rarely a spirit divinely given that is not God’s own; so (in a quot. fr. Is 29:10) a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως Ro 11:8.⑧ an independent transcendent personality, the Spirit, which appears in formulas that became more and more fixed and distinct (cp. Ath. 12, 2; Hippol., Ref. 7, 26, 2.—Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 12 θεόν, υἱόν πατρός, πνεῦμα ἐκ πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον ἓν ἐκ τριῶν καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς τρία, ταῦτα νόμιζε Ζῆνα, τόνδʼ ἡγοῦ θεόν=‘God, son of the father, spirit proceeding from the father, one from three and three from one, consider these as Zeus, think of this one as God’. The entire context bears a Christian impress.—As Aion in gnostic speculation Iren. 1, 2, 5 [Harv. I 21, 2]): βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος Mt 28:19 (on the text s. βαπτίζω 2c; on the subject-matter GWalther, Die Entstehung des Taufsymbols aus dem Taufritus: StKr 95, 1924, 256ff); D 7:1, 3. Cp. 2 Cor 13:13; 1 Cl 58:2; IEph 9:1; IMg 13:1b, 2; MPol 14:3; 22:1, 3; Epil Mosq 5. On this s. HUsener, Dreiheit: RhM 58, 1903, 1ff; 161ff; 321ff; esp. 36ff; EvDobschütz, Zwei-u. dreigliedrige Formeln: JBL 50, ’31, 116–47 (also Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 92–100); Norden, Agn. Th. 228ff; JMainz, Die Bed. der Dreizahl im Judentum 1922; Clemen2 125–28; NSöderblom, Vater, Sohn u. Geist 1909; DNielsen, Der dreieinige Gott I 1922; GKrüger, Das Dogma v. der Dreieinigkeit 1905, 46ff; AHarnack, Entstehung u. Entwicklung der Kirchenverfassung 1910, 187ff; JHaussleiter, Trinitarischer Glaube u. Christusbekenntnis in der alten Kirche: BFCT XXV 4, 1920; JLebreton, Histoire du dogme de la Trinité I: Les origines6 1927; RBlümel, Pls u. d. dreieinige Gott 1929.—On the whole word FRüsche, D. Seelenpneuma ’33; HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919; EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 486–95; PVolz, Der Geist Gottes u. d. verwandten Erscheinungen im AT 1910; JHehn, Zum Problem des Geistes im alten Orient u. im AT: ZAW n.s. 2, 1925, 210–25; SLinder, Studier till Gamla Testamentets föreställningar om anden 1926; AMarmorstein, Der Hl. Geist in der rabb. Legende: ARW 28, 1930, 286–303; NSnaith, The Distinctive Ideas of the OT ’46, 229–37; FDillistone, Bibl. Doctrine of the Holy Spirit: Theology Today 3, ’46/47, 486–97; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 341–46; ESchweizer, CDodd Festschr., ’56, 482–508; DLys, Rûach, Le Souffle dans l’AT, ’62; DHill, Gk. Words and Hebr. Mngs. ’67, 202–93.—HGunkel, Die Wirkungen des Hl. Geistes2 1899; HWeinel, Die Wirkungen des Geistes u. der Geister im nachap. Zeitalter 1899; EWinstanley, The Spirit in the NT 1908; HSwete, The Holy Spirit in the NT 1909, The Holy Spirit in the Ancient Church 1912; EScott, The Spirit in the NT 1923; FBüchsel, Der Geist Gottes im NT 1926; EvDobschütz, Der Geistbesitz des Christen im Urchristentum: Monatsschr. für Pastoral-theol. 20, 1924, 228ff; FBadcock, ‘The Spirit’ and Spirit in the NT: ET 45, ’34, 218–21; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 151–62 (Eng. tr. KGrobel, ’51, I 153–64); ESchweizer, Geist u. Gemeinde im NT ’52, Int 6, ’52, 259–78.—WTosetti, Der Hl. Geist als göttliche Pers. in den Evangelien 1918; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion. Der Ursprung des Geistbegriffs der Syn. Ev. aus der griech. Mystik 1922; AFrövig, Das Sendungsbewusstsein Jesu u. der Geist 1924; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist nach Syn. Überl.: Studies in Early Christianity, presented to FCPorter and BWBacon 1928, 209–36; FSynge, The Holy Spirit in the Gospels and Acts: CQR 120, ’35, 205–17; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit and the Gospel Trad. ’47.—ESokolowski, Die Begriffe Geist u. Leben bei Pls 1903; KDeissner, Auferstehungshoffnung u. Pneumagedanke bei Pls 1912; GVos, The Eschatological Aspect of the Pauline Conception of the Spirit: Bibl. and Theol. Studies by the Faculty of Princeton Theol. Sem. 1912, 209–59; HBertrams, Das Wesen des Geistes nach d. Anschauung des Ap. Pls 1913; WReinhard, Das Wirken des Hl. Geistes im Menschen nach den Briefen des Ap. Pls 1918; HHoyle, The Holy Spirit in St. Paul 1928; PGächter, Z. Pneumabegriff des hl. Pls: ZKT 53, 1929, 345–408; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik des Ap. Pls 1930, 159–74 al. [Mysticism of Paul the Apostle, tr. WMontgomery ’31, 160–76 al.]; E-BAllo, RB 43, ’34, 321–46 [1 Cor]; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. after Ro 8:11; Synge [s. above], CQR 119, ’35, 79–93 [Pauline epp.]; NWaaning, Onderzoek naar het gebruik van πνεῦμα bij Pls, diss. Amsterd. ’39; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 167–200.—HvBaer, Der Hl. Geist in den Lukasschriften 1926; MGoguel, La Notion joh. de l’Esprit 1902; JSimpson, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: Exp., 9th ser., 4, 1925, 292–99; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist im J.: Amicitiae Corolla (RHarris Festschr.) ’33, 303–18; WLofthouse, The Holy Spirit in Ac and J: ET 52, ’40/41, 334–36; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: JTS 1 n.s., ’50, 1–15; FCrump, Pneuma in the Gospels, diss. Catholic Univ. of America, ’54; GLampe, Studies in the Gospels (RHLightfoot memorial vol.) ’55, 159–200; NHamilton, The Holy Spirit and Eschatology in Paul, ’57; WDavies, Paul and the Dead Sea Scrolls, Flesh and Spirit: The Scrolls and the NT, ed. KStendahl, ’57, 157–82.—GJohnston, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Holy Spirit’ in the Qumran Lit.: NT Sidelights (ACPurdy Festschr.) ’60, 27–42; JPryke, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Flesh’ in Qumran and NT, RevQ 5, ’65, 346–60; HBraun, Qumran und d. NT II, ’66, 150–64; DHill, Greek Words and Hebrew Meanings, ’67, 202–93; WBieder, Pneumatolog. Aspekte im Hb, OCullmann Festschr. ’72, 251–59; KEasley, The Pauline Usage of πνεύματι as a Reference to the Spirit of God: JETS 27, ’84, 299–313 (statistics).—B. 260; 1087. Pauly-W. XIV 387–412. BHHW I 534–37. Schmidt, Syn. II 218–50. New Docs 4, 38f. DELG s.v. πνέω. M-M. Dict. de la Bible XI 126–398. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
104 ἀρετή
ἀρετή, ῆς, ἡ (Hom.+, a term denoting consummate ‘excellence’ or ‘merit’ within a social context, hence freq. w. δικαιοσύνη; cp. the tripartite appraisal Pla., Protag. 329c: δικαιοσύνη, σωφροσύνη, ὁσιότης). Exhibition of ἀρετή invites recognition, resulting in renown or glory. In Homer primarily of military valor or exploits, but also of distinction for other personal qualities and associated performance that enhance the common interest. The term is a favorite subject in Stoic thought relating to morality. Theognis 147f summarizes Gk. thinking: ἐν δὲ δικαιοσύνῃ συλλήβδην πᾶσʼ ἀρετή ʼστι,| πᾶς δέ τʼ ἀνὴρ ἀγαθός, Κύρνε, δίκαιος ἔων=in a word, Cyrnus, all excellence lies in uprightness, and a good person is one who is upright.① uncommon character worthy of praise, excellence of character, exceptional civic virtue (Theognis 147; Aristot., EN a detailed discussion of ἀ.; s. indexes in OGI, SIG, IPriene, et al.; Herm. Wr. 9, 4; 10, 9; Wsd; 2, 3, 4 Macc; EpArist; Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 113 al.; διὰ τὴν ἀ. Orig. C. Cels. 5, 2, 26 [as distinguished merit]; τέσσαράς φησιν εἶναι ἀρετάς Hippol., Ref. 1, 19, 16 [in a list of virtues]; Did., Gen. 102, 15; 17 [accompanied by ‘trouble’]) Phil 4:8 (w. ἔπαινος, in ref. to recognition of distinguished merit that was customary in Gr-Rom. society; cp. AcJ 5 [Aa II/1, 153, 29]). W. πίστις (as OGI 438, 6ff ἄνδρα διενένκαντα πίστει καὶ ἀρετῇ καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ εὐσεβείαι=a gentleman distinguished for fidelity, admirable character, uprightness [concern for people], and devotion [to deities]; cp. Dssm. LO 270 [LAE 322]; Danker, Benefactor 460–61) ἐπιχορηγήσατε ἐν τῇ πίστει ὑμῶν τὴν ἀρετήν bring the finest character to your commitment 2 Pt 1:5a; ἐν δὲ τῇ ἀρετῇ τὴν γνῶσιν and to the finest character knowledge 5b. ἐνδύσασθαι πᾶσαν ἀ. δικαιοσύνης put on every virtue of uprightness (=‘aspire to the highest standards of uprightness’; opp. πονηρία, which is low-grade behavior; on the rhetorical form s. HFischel, HUCA 44, ’73, 119–51) Hm 1:2; Hs 6, 1, 4. ἐργάζεσθαι πᾶσαν ἀ. καὶ δικαιοσύνην Hs 8, 10, 39 (=be a model member of the human community); cp. m 12, 3, 1; διώκειν τὴν ἀ. 2 Cl 10:1. ἀ. ἔνδοξος Hm 6, 2, 3.② manifestation of divine power, miracle (a usage in keeping w. the primary mng.; Oenom. in Eus., PE 5, 22, 4; SIG 1151, 2; 1172, 10 πλείονας ἀρετὰς τ. θεοῦ, see on this Dittenberger’s note 8 w. further exx. and lit.; 1173, 5; MAI 21, 1896, 77; POxy 1382 [II A.D.]; Sb 8026, 1; 8266, 17 [261/260 B.C.] of the miracles of the deity Amenothis; PGM 5, 419; Philo, Somn. 1, 256; Jos., Ant. 17, 130; s. Dssm., B 90–93 [BS 95f]; Nägeli 69; OWeinreich, Neue Urkunden zur Sarapisrel. 1919, index; SReiter, Ἐπιτύμβιον, Swoboda Festschr. 1927, 228–37), also that which causes such things: the power of God (IG IV2, 128, 79 [280 B.C.]; PGM 4, 3205; Herm. Wr. 10, 17; Jos., Ant. 17, 130 ἀ. τοῦ θείου; cp. 1, 100) 2 Pt 1:3 (Dssm., B 277ff [BS 360ff]).—In accordance w. a usage that treats ἀ. and δόξα as correlatives (ἀ.=excellence that results in approbation and therefore δόξα=renown), which finds expression outside the OT (Is 42:8, 12) in the juxtaposition of the two terms (Herodian; Pausanias, Arcadia 52, 6 ins on a statue in honor of Philopoemen at Tegea; Dionys. Hal.; Diod. Sic. 2, 45, 2 of a woman, self-styled ‘Daughter of Ares’, reputed for her valor; s. Wetstein on 2 Pt 1:3), the LXX transl. הוֹד majesty, high rank (Hab 3:3; Zech 6:13; cp. Il. 9, 498 ἀ. w. τιμή and βίη; 23, 578 w. βίη) and also תְּהִלָּה praise sg. (Is; cp. Od. 14, 402 ἀ. w. ἐϋκλείη ‘good repute’) with ἀ. pl. The latter sense ‘praise’ (pl.=laudes) has been maintained for 1 Pt 2:9, which is probably influenced by Is 42:12; 43:21. It is poss. that Semitically oriented auditors of 1 Pt interpreted the expression along such lines, but Gr-Rom. publics would in the main be conditioned to hear a stress on performance, which of course would elicit praise (cp. Plut., Mor. 535d).—AKiefer, Aretalogische Studien, diss. Freib. 1929; VLongo, Aretalogie nel mondo Greco: I, Epigrafi e Papiri ’69; MSmith, JBL 90, ’71, 174–99; JKube, ΤΕΧΝΗ und ΑΡΕΤΗ ’69; Danker, Benefactor ’82, passim.—DELG. M-M. TW. Sv. -
105 मङ्गल _maṅgala
मङ्गल a. [मङ्ग्-अलच्; Uṇ.5.7]1 Auspicious, lucky, propitious, fortunate; मङ्गलदिवसः, मङ्गलवृषभः &c.-2 Prosperous, doing or faring well.-3 Brave.-लम् 1 (a) Auspiciousness, propitiousness; जनकानां रघूणां च यत् कृत्स्नं गोत्रमङ्गलम् U.6.42; R.6.9;1.67. (b) Hap- piness, good luck or fortune, bliss, felicity; भद्रं भद्रं वितर भगवन् भूयसे मङ्गलाय Māl.1.3; U.3.48. (c) Well- being, welfare, good; सङ्गः सतां किमु न मङ्गलमातनोति Bv. 1.122; (also m. in these senses).-2 A good omen, anything tending to an auspicious issue.-3 A blessing, benediction.-4 An auspicious or lucky object.-5 An auspicious occasion or event, a festivity.-6 Any solemn or auspicious ceremony or rite (such as marriage).-7 Any ancient custom.-8 Turmeric.-9 (In music) A particular composition.-लः 1 The planet Mars.-2 N. of Agni.-ला, -ली 1 A faithful wife-2 Dūrvā grass.-3 N. of Durgā.-Comp. -अक्षताः (m. pl.) rice thrown over persons by Brāhmaṇas when pronouncing blessings.-अगरु n. a variety of sandal.-अयनम् the way to happiness or prosperity; परममङ्गलायनगुणकथनो$सि Bhāg.5.3.11.-अलंकृत a. decorated with auspicious ornaments; आददे वचसामन्ते मङ्गलालंकृतां सुताम् Ku.6.87; M.1.14.-अष्टकम् a benedictory verse or verses repeated by priests over a youth and maiden, when being married, to promote their good luck.-अह्निकम् 1 any daily religious rite performed for good luck.-2 a vase full of water carried in front of a procession.-आचरणम् 1 an auspicious introduction in the form of a prayer (for the attainment of success) at the begin- ning of any undertaking or of any work of composition.-2 pronouncing a blessing.-आचारः 1 an auspicious or pious ceremony or usage.-2 a benediction, pronouncing a blessing.-3 (in music) a particular composition.-आतोद्यम् a drum beaten on festive occasions.-आदेशवृत्तिः a fortune-teller; Ms.9.258.-आरम्भः an epithet of Gaṇeśa.-आलम्भनम् touching anything auspicious.-आलयः, -आवासः a temple.- आवह a. auspicions.-इच्छा benediction, felicitation.-इच्छु a. desirous of happiness or prosperity.-करणम् repeating a prayer for the success of any undertaking.-कलशः a vessel used at festivals.-कारक, -कारिन् a. auspicious.-कार्यम् any festive occasion, a religious or auspicious ceremony.-कालः an auspicious occasion; Ś.4.-क्षौमम् a silken cloth worn on occasions of festivity; दधतो मङ्गलक्षौमे वसानस्य च वल्कले R.12.8.-गृहम् an auspicious house or temple.-ग्रहः an auspicious planet.-घटः, -पात्रम् a pot filled with water offered to the gods on festive occasions.-चण्डिका, -चण्डी N. of Durgā; मङ्गलेषु च या दक्षा सा च मङ्गलचण्डिका Brav. P.-छायः the plakṣa tree.-तूर्यम् a musical instrument, such as a trumpet, drum &c, played on festive or auspicious occasions; सुखश्रवा मङ्गलतूर्यनिस्वनाः R.3.19.-देवता an auspicious or tutelary deity.-ध्वनिः an auspicious music (at the time of some festival).-पत्रम् a leaf serving as an amulet.-पाठकः a bard, minstrel, profes- sional panegyrist; आः दुरात्मन् वृथामङ्गलपाठक शैलूषापसद Ve.1.-पुष्पम् an auspicious flower.-पूजित a. honoured with a sacrificial offering.-प्रतिसरः 1 an auspicious cord or string, the auspicious thread worn by a mar- ried woman round her neck as long as her husband lives; अन्त्रैः कल्पितमङ्गलप्रतिसराः (अङ्गनाः) Māl.5.18.-2 the cord of an amulet.-प्रद a. auspicious. (-दा) turmeric.-प्रस्थः N. of a mountain.-भेरी a drum beaten on festive occasions.-मात्रभूषण a. decked in auspicious ornaments only, such as the auspicious thread, saffron- mark &c.; सितांशुका मङ्गलमात्रभूषणा V.3.12.-मालिका marriage-music.-वचस् n.,-वादः a benedictory or congratulatory expression, benediction, blessing.-वादिन् a. expressing blessings or congratulations, wishing joy.-वाद्यम् see मङ्गलतूर्य.-वारः, -वासरः Tuesday.-विधिः 1 a festive or auspicious rite.-2 preparations for a festival.-वृषभः an ox with auspicious signs.-शब्दः greeting, a benedictory expression.-समालम्भनम् an auspicious unguent.-सूत्रम् see मङ्गलप्रतिसर.-स्नानम् a solemn or auspicious ablution.-स्वरः a sea-shell. -
106 pour
pour [puʀ]━━━━━━━━━1. preposition━━━━━━━━━1. <a. ( = en faveur de) for• tu en as pour combien de temps ? how long are you going to be?• ne m'attendez pas, j'en ai encore pour une heure don't wait for me, I'll be another hourd. ( = à la place de) for• c'est bien trop cher pour ce que c'est ! it's far too expensive for what it is!• pour un Anglais, il parle bien le français he speaks French well for an Englishmanf. (intention, but) for• c'est fait pour ! (inf) that's what it's meant for!► pour + infinitif to• ce n'est pas pour arranger les choses this isn't going to help matters► pour que + subjonctif so that• écris vite ta lettre pour qu'elle parte ce soir write your letter quickly so that it will go this eveningg. (cause) pour quelle raison ? for what reason?• pourquoi se faire du souci pour ça ? why worry about that?► pour + infinitif passé• elle a été punie pour avoir menti she was punished for lying► pour peu que + subjonctif• pour peu qu'il ait un peu bu, il va raconter n'importe quoi if he's had even the smallest drink he'll say anythingh. ( = du point de vue de, concernant) pour moi, elle était déjà au courant if you ask me, she already knew• et pour les billets, c'est toi qui t'en charges ? so, you'll take care of the tickets, will you?i. ( = en échange de) donnez-moi pour 20 € de cerises give me 20 euros' worth of cherries, please• il l'a eu pour 10 € he got it for 10 euros• j'en ai eu pour 50 € de photocopies it cost me 50 euros to do the photocopiesj. ( = comme) as• pour un sale coup, c'est un sale coup ! (inf) of all the awful things to happen!• pour une surprise, c'est une surprise ! this really is a surprise!2. <* * *
I puʀ1) ( indiquant le but) topour cela, il faudra faire — to do that, you'll have to do
c'était pour rire or plaisanter — it was a joke
il est seul mais il a tout fait pour — (colloq) he's on his own, but it's entirely his own doing
c'est fait or étudié pour! — (colloq) ( c'est sa fonction) that's what it's for
2) ( indiquant une destination) for3) ( en ce qui concerne)c'est bien payé mais pour la sécurité de l'emploi... — the pay is good but as regards job security...
oui, c'est pour quoi? — yes, what is it?
pour moi, il a tort — as far as I am concerned, he's wrong
4) ( en faveur de) forje suis pour — (colloq) I'm in favour [BrE]
être pour quelque chose/faire quelque chose — gén to be in favour [BrE] of something/doing something
5) ( avec une indication de temps) for6) ( comme)7) ( à la place de) for8) ( à son avantage)‘il te parlera du Japon’ - ‘pour ce que ça m'intéresse!’ — ‘he'll talk to you about Japan’ - ‘I can't say I'm very interested’
10) ( marquant l'emphase)pour être intelligente, ça elle l'est! — she really is intelligent!, intelligent she certainly is!
11) ( indiquant une quantité)il n'en a plus pour longtemps — ( mourant) he doesn't have long to live
12) ( indiquant une cause) for13) ( introduisant une proportion)
II puʀnom masculin
••
pour + verbeLorsque pour sert à indiquer un but il se traduit généralement par to devant un verbe à l'infinitif: sortir pour acheter un journal = to go out to buy a newspaper; pour faire des meringues, il faut des oeufs = to make meringues, you need eggsIl peut également se traduire par in order to, qui est plus soutenu: pour mettre fin aux hostilités = in order to put an end to hostilitiesQuand pour est suivi d'une forme négative, il se traduira par so as not to ou in order not to: pour ne pas oublier = so as not to forget; pour ne pas rater le train = so as not to miss the train, in order not to miss the trainLorsque pour relie deux actions distinctes sans relation de cause à effet, il sera traduit par and et le verbe conjugué normalement: elle s'endormit pour se réveiller deux heures plus tard = she fell asleep and woke up two hours later. Quand la deuxième action n'est pas souhaitable ou qu'une notion de hasard malheureux est sous-entendue, on traduira par only to: she fell asleep only to wake up two hours later; il partit à la guerre pour se faire tuer trois jours plus tard = he went off to war only to be killed three days laterpour + nom ou pronomLorsque pour sert à indiquer la destination au sens large il se traduit généralement par for: le train pour Pau = the train for Pau; pour vendredi = for Friday; il travaille pour elle = he works for herLorsque pour signifie en ce qui concerne, il se traduira le plus souvent par about: tu te renseignes pour une assurance voiture/pour samedi? = will you find out about car insurance/about Saturday?Attention: pour placé en début de phrase se traduira par as regards: pour l'argent, rien n'est décidé = as regards the money, nothing has been decided ou nothing has been decided about the moneyLorsque pour signifie comme il se traduit souvant par as: je l'ai eu pour professeur = I had him as a teacherLorsque pour relie un terme redoublé il se traduit parfois par for: mot pour mot = word for word; mais ce n'est pas toujours le cas: jour pour jour = to the day. On se reportera au nom dans le dictionnaire* * *puʀ1. prép1) (destination, finalité) forC'est un cadeau pour toi. — It's a present for you.
pour faire qch — to do sth, in order to do sth
Je lui ai téléphoné pour l'inviter. — I phoned him to invite him.
J'ai ajouté une cornière pour consolider l'ensemble. — I added a bracket to make it all a bit stronger.
pour aller à Strasbourg, s'il vous plaît? — which way is it to Strasbourg, please?
Je lui ai prêté mon pull pour qu'elle n'ait pas froid. — I lent her my jumper so that she wouldn't be cold.
pour moi (= à mon avis) — in my view, (= pour ma part) for my part, personally
Pour moi, il ne dit pas toute la vérité. — In my view he's not telling the whole truth.
Pour moi, je vais dorénavant être plus prudent. — For my part, I shall be more cautious from now on.
3) (cause) forOn l'a mis en prison pour un délit mineur. — He was jailed for a minor offence.
Il a été critiqué pour avoir posé sa candidature. — He was criticized for applying.
4) (concession)pour riche que... — rich though...
5) (proportion)pour 100 euros de... — 100 euros' worth of...
Donnez-moi pour 20 euros d'essence. — Give me 20 euros' worth of petrol.
2. nm(= avantage)* * *I.pour ⇒ Note d'usage prép1 ( indiquant le but) to; pour cela, il faudra faire to do that, you'll have to do; pour bien faire il faudrait partir tôt to be really sure we should leave early; c'était pour rire or plaisanter it was a joke; il est seul mais il a tout fait pour○ he's on his own, but it's entirely his own doing; pour que so that; que faire pour qu'elle comprenne? how can we get her to understand?; pour ainsi dire so to speak; quelque chose pour le mal de tête/le rhume something for headaches/colds; c'est fait or étudié pour○! ( c'est sa fonction) that's what it's for; bien sûr tu peux en manger, c'est fait pour! of course you can eat some, that's what it's there for!;2 ( indiquant une destination) for; le train pour Paris ( prêt à partir) the train for Paris; ( plus général) the train to Paris; l'avion pour Paris the Paris plane, the plane to Paris; c'est le train pour où? where does this train go?; il faut une heure pour Oloron it's an hour to Oloron;3 ( en ce qui concerne) j'ai choisi le sujet d'étude mais pour l'université je ne sais pas encore I've decided on my subject but as regards the university I'm not sure yet ou but I'm not sure about the university yet; c'est bien payé mais pour la sécurité de l'emploi… the pay is good but as regards job security ou as far as job security goes…; oui, c'est pour quoi? yes, what is it?; ( plus poli) yes, what can I do for you?; pour moi, il a tort as far as I am concerned, he's wrong; qu'est-il pour toi, un ami? how do you see him? as a friend?;4 ( en faveur de) for; voter pour un candidat to vote for a candidate; 120 voix pour et 95 contre 120 votes for and 95 against; c'est pour la recherche contre le cancer it's for ou in aid of cancer research; je suis pour○ I'm in favourGB; être pour qch/faire qch gén to be in favourGB of sth/doing sth; je suis pour que Catherine reste I'm in favourGB of Catherine staying; je suis pour les Verts I'm for the ecologists; je suis pour Paris Sport I support Paris;5 ( avec une indication de temps) for; ce sera prêt pour vendredi? will it be ready for ou by Friday?; pour plus tard/aujourd'hui for later/today; pour toujours forever; pour le moment or l'instant for the moment, for the time being; le bébé/le baptême c'est pour quand? when is the baby due/the christening?;6 ( comme) elle a pour ambition d'être pilote her ambition is to be a pilot; elle a pour principe de ne jamais emprunter de l'argent it's a rule with her ou it's one of her principles never to borrow money; ils ont pour habitude de déjeuner tard they usually have a late lunch; n'avoir pour toute arme qu'un bâton to be armed only with a stick; il n'avait qu'un pantalon pour tout vêtement he was wearing nothing but a pair of trousers GB ou pants US;7 ( à la place de) for; écrire qch pour qch to write sth instead of sth; je l'ai pris pour plus bête qu'il n'est I thought he was more stupid than he really is; je suis ici pour ma collègue I'm here in place of my colleague;8 ( à son avantage) elle avait pour elle de savoir écouter/la patience she had the merit of being a good listener/being patient;9 ( introduisant une concession) pour intelligent qu'il soit intelligent though he may be; ‘il te parlera du Japon’-‘pour ce que ça m'intéresse!’ ‘he'll talk to you about Japan’-‘I can't say I'm very interested’; pour peu qu' il y ait du monde sur la route nous serons en retard there only has to be a bit of traffic and we'll be late; pour autant que je sache as far as I know;10 ( marquant l'emphase) pour être intelligente, ça elle l'est! she really is intelligent!, intelligent she certainly is!;11 ( indiquant une quantité) j'ai mis pour 50 euros d'essence I've put in 50 euros' worth of petrol GB ou gas US; merci pour tout thank you for everything; pleurer pour un rien to cry over nothing; s'inquiéter pour un rien to fret about nothing; je n'y suis pour rien I had nothing to do with it; ne t'inquiète pas pour si peu don't worry about a little thing like that; tu y es bien pour quelque chose si elle est malheureuse if she's miserable, it has certainly got something to do with you; il y est pour beaucoup si elle est malheureuse if she's miserable, he's largely to blame; elle y est pour beaucoup s'il a réussi if he has succeeded a lot of the credit should go to her; je n'en ai pas pour longtemps it won't take long; il n'en a plus pour longtemps ( mourant) he doesn't have long to live; j'en ai encore pour deux heures it'll take another two hours; j'en ai pour une minute it'll only take a minute;12 ( indiquant une cause) for; se battre pour une femme to fight over a woman; être battu pour avoir menti to be beaten for lying; ⇒ oui;13 ( introduisant une proportion) dix pour cent ten per cent; pour 250 employés, seulement 28 sont des femmes out of 250 employees only 28 are female; une cuillère de vinaigre pour quatre d'huile one spoonful of vinegar to four of oil; pour une large part to a large extent.II.[pur] préposition1. [indiquant le lieu où l'on va] forun billet pour Paris a ticket for ou to Paris2. [dans le temps - indiquant le moment] forpourriez-vous avoir fini pour lundi/demain? could you have it finished for Monday/tomorrow?[indiquant la durée] forb. [à vivre] he hasn't got long to live3. [exprimant la cause]il est tombé malade pour avoir mangé trop d'huîtres he fell ill after eating ou because he ate too many oysterssa bonne constitution y est pour quelque chose his strong constitution had something to do with ou played a part in itelle est pour beaucoup dans le succès de la pièce the success of the play is to a large extent due to her, she has had a great deal to do with the success of the playne me remerciez pas, je n'y suis pour rien don't thank me, I didn't have anything to do with it4. [exprimant la conséquence] toil a erré trois heures en forêt pour se retrouver à son point de départ he wandered for three hours in the forest, only to find he was back where he'd started from5. [capable de]je me suis trompé et il ne s'est trouvé personne pour me le dire I made a mistake and nobody was capable of telling me6. [par rapport à] for7. [avec une valeur emphatique]pour un champion, c'est un champion! that's what I call a (real) champion!perdre pour perdre, autant que ce soit en beauté if we are going to lose, we might as well do it in stylepour être en colère, je l'étais! I was so angry!8. [indiquant une proportion, un pourcentage] peril faut 200 g de farine pour une demi-livre de beurre take 200 g of flour to ou for half a pound of butter9. [moyennant]10. [à la place de] forpour le directeur [dans la correspondance] pp Director12. [en guise de, en qualité de]prendre quelqu'un pour époux/épouse to take somebody to be one's husband/wifeavoir quelqu'un pour ami/professeur to have somebody as a friend/teacherj'ai pour principe que... I believe on principle that...le livre a pour titre... the book's title is..., the book is entitled...13. [indiquant l'attribution, la destination, le but] formes sentiments pour elle my feelings towards ou for herc'est pour quoi faire, ce truc? what's that thing for?a. [recette] serves 4b. [couchage] sleeps 414. (suivi de l'infinitif) [afin de] (in order) toje suis venu pour vous voir I'm here ou I've come to see yousi tu veux réussir, il faut tout faire pour if you want to succeed you have to do everything possiblevoter pour quelqu'un to vote for ou in favour of somebody16. [du point de vue de]ça compte peu pour toi, mais pour moi c'est tellement important it matters little to you but to ou for me it's so importantpour moi, il a dû se réconcilier avec elle if you ask me, he must have made it up with her17. [en ce qui concerne]pour certains de nos collègues, la situation est inchangée as far as some of our colleagues are concerned, the situation has not changedpour ce qui est de l'avancement, voyez avec le responsable du personnel as far as promotion is concerned, see the personnel officer18. (soutenu) [exprimant la concession]pour être jeune, elle n'en est pas moins compétente young though she is she's very able[en corrélation avec 'que']pour patient qu'il soit, il ne supportera pas cette situation for all his patience, he won't put up with this situationil était pour partir he was about to leave ou on the point of leaving————————[pur] nom masculin invariableles pour l'emportent POLITIQUE (humoristique) the argument in favour is overwhelming, the ayes have it————————pour que locution conjonctivej'ai pris des places non-fumeurs pour que vous ne soyez pas incommodés par la fumée I've got non-smoking seats so that you won't be bothered by the smoke2. [exprimant la conséquence] -
107 sonner
sonner [sɔne]➭ TABLE 11. transitive verbb. [+ messe] to ring the bell for ; [+ réveil, rassemblement, retraite] to soundc. ( = appeler) [+ portier, infirmière] to ring for• on ne t'a pas sonné ! (inf) nobody asked you!2. intransitive verb• elle a mis le réveil à sonner pour or à 7 heures she set the alarm for 7 o'clockb. ( = actionner une sonnette) to ring• « sonner avant d'entrer » "please ring before you enter"• sonner bien [nom] to sound goodd. [midi, minuit] to strike* * *sɔne
1.
1) ( faire tinter) to ring [cloche]2) ( annoncer) [horloge] to strike [heure]; [personne] to sound [charge, retraite, alarme]; to ring out [vêpres, angélus]3) ( faire venir) to ring foron ne t'a pas sonné! — (colloq) did anyone ask you?
4) (colloq) ( faire vaciller) [coup, boxeur] to make [somebody] dizzy [personne]; [nouvelle, événement] to stagger [personne]; [vin, alcool] to knock [somebody] out [personne]
2.
sonner de verbe transitif indirect to sound [cor, trompette]; to play [cornemuse]
3.
verbe intransitif1) ( se faire entendre) [cloches, téléphone] to ring; [heure] to strike; [r éveil] to go off; [alerte, alarme, trompette] to sound2) ( rendre un son) [mot, expression] to soundça sonne bien/mal — that sounds good/bad
3) ( actionner une sonnerie) to ring* * *sɔne1. vi1) (= retentir) [téléphone, cloches, carillon] to ring, [réveil] to go offLe téléphone a sonné. — The phone rang.
On entendait sonner les cloches de l'église voisine. — We could hear the bells ringing at the church nearby.
Minuit vient de sonner. — It has just struck midnight.
2) (à la porte) [personne] to ring the doorbell, to ring at the doorsonner chez qn — to ring sb's doorbell, to ring at sb's door
On a sonné. — Somebody rang at the door.
3) MUSIQUEsonner faux [instrument] — to be out of tune
4) (donner une impression) to soundsonner bien [formule] — to sound good
sonner creux [objet] — to sound hollow, [excuse] to ring hollow
sonner faux [rire] — to ring false
2. vt1) (= faire résonner) [cloche] to ring, [glas, tocsin] to sound2) (= appeler) [portier, infirmière] to ring for3) (= annoncer, signaler) [messe] to ring the bell for4) * [choc, coup] to knock out5) MILITAIREsonner le clairon; sonner du clairon — to sound the bugle
* * *sonner verb table: aimerA vtr1 ( faire tinter) to ring [cloche];2 ( annoncer) [horloge] to strike [heure]; [personne] to sound [charge, retraite, alarme]; to ring out [vêpres, angélus]; l'horloge sonne les heures et les demies the clock strikes on the hour and on the half-hour;3 ( faire venir) to ring for [domestique, gardien, infirmière]; on ne t'a pas sonné○! did anyone ask you?;4 ○( faire vaciller) [coup, boxeur] to make [sb] dizzy [personne]; [nouvelle, événement] to stagger [personne]; [vin, alcool] to knock [sb] out [personne].C vi1 ( se faire entendre) [cloches, téléphone] to ring; [heure] to strike; [réveil] to go off; [alerte, alarme, trompette] to sound; minuit vient de sonner midnight has just struck; l'heure n'a pas encore sonné it hasn't struck the hour yet; leur dernière heure a sonné their last hour has come; ta dernière heure a sonné○! ( menace) your time's run out!; le temps de la retraite a sonné the time has come to retire; la fin des cours va sonner dans cinq minutes the bell for the end of lessons will ring in five minutes; il fait sonner son réveil à 5 heures he sets his alarm for 5 o'clock; les bottes faisaient sonner les dalles du palais the floor of the palace rang with the sound of boots;2 ( rendre un son) [mot, expression] to sound; ça sonne bien/mal that sounds good/bad; ta remarque sonnerait mal aux oreilles d'un peintre your comment isn't the sort of thing a painter likes to hear; mots qui sonnent mal dans la bouche d'un prêtre words that are most unsuitable coming from a priest;3 ( actionner une sonnerie) to ring; pour appeler l'infirmière, sonnez deux fois to call the nurse, ring twice; on a sonné à la porte the doorbell has just rung; va voir qui sonne go and see who's at the door; ça sonne chez le voisin ( à la porte) the neighbourGB's bell's ringing; ( au téléphone) the neighbourGB's phone's ringing.[sɔne] verbe intransitif1. [téléphone, cloche] to ring[minuterie, réveil] to go off[carillon, pendule] to chime2. [instrument en cuivre] to sound[personne]a. [monnaie] to ring trueb. [marteau] to give ou to have a clear ringa. to sound hollow, to give a hollow sound3. [heure] to strike4 h ont sonné it has struck 4 o'clock, 4 o'clock has struckattendez que la fin du cours sonne! wait for the bell!, wait till the bell goes ou rings!4. [personne] to ring5. [accentuer]————————[sɔne] verbe transitif2. [pour faire venir - infirmière, valet] to ring forMadame a sonné? you rang, Madam?3. [pour annoncer - messe, vêpres] to ring (the bells) for[MILITAIRE - charge, retraite, rassemblement] to sound4. [suj: horloge] to strike6. TECHNOLOGIE [sonder - installation, monnaie] to sound7. (Belgique) [appeler] to telephone -
108 FYRIR
* * *prep.I. with dat.1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);fyrir dyrum, before the door;2) before one, in one’s presence;hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;3) for;hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;4) before one, in one’s way;fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;5) naut. term. before, off;liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;6) before, at the head of, over;vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;7) of time, ago;fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;fyrir stundu, a while ago;fyrir löngu, long ago;vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);8) before, above, superior to;Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;11) because of, for;hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;fyrir hræðslu, for fear;illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;fyrir því at, because, since, as;12) against;gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;13) fyrir sér, of oneself;mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;14) denoting manner or quality, with;hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;II. with acc.1) before, in front of;halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;2) before, into the presence of;stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;3) over;hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;5) round, off;sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;6) along, all along;fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;8) for, on behalf of;vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;9) for, for the benefit of;þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);10) for, instead of, in place of, as;11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;12) denoting value, price;fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;fyrir handan á, beyond the river;fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;III. as adverb or ellipt.1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;2) first;mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;3) at hand, present, to the fore;föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).* * *prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.A. LOCAL:I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.C. METAPH.:I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.X. as adverb or ellipt.,1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.A. LOCAL:I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.C. METAPH.:I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence. -
109 μαρτυρέω
μαρτυρέω impf. ἐμαρτύρουν; fut. μαρτυρήσω; 1 aor. ἐμαρτύρησα; pf. μεμαρτύρηκα. Pass.: impf. ἐμαρτυρούμην; 1 aor. ἐμαρτυρήθην Hb 11:2, 4, 39; pf. μεμαρτύρημαι (s. four next entries; Semonides, Hdt.+)① to confirm or attest someth. on the basis of personal knowledge or belief, bear witness, be a witness.ⓐ to offer testimonyα. act. ὑμεῖς μαρτυρεῖτε you are witnesses J 15:27. ἐὰν θέλωσιν μαρτυρεῖν if they are willing to appear as witnesses Ac 26:5.—J 12:17; 1J 5:6f. Parenthetically, emphasizing the correctness of a statement, μαρτυρῶ I can testify (POxy 105, 13 Σαραπίων μαρτυρῶ=‘I, S., am witness’; PLond III, 1164 [f], 35 al. p. 162.—B-D-F §465, 2; Rob. 434) 2 Cor 8:3. περί τινος bear witness, testify concerning someone or someth. (PGrenf II, 73, 16 ὅταν ἔλθῃ σὺν θεῷ, μαρτυρήσει σοι περὶ ὧν αὐτὴν πεποιήκασιν; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 217, Vi. 259) J 1:7f, 15 (in the very likely case that μαρτυρεῖ refers to the past, cp. Caecil. Calact., Fgm. 75 p. 58, 2ff, where examples are given of the interchange of tenses: Demosth. 59, 34 τοὺς ὁρῶντας for τ. ἑωρακότας; Eur., Androm. Fgm. 145 Nauck2 ὁρῶ ἀντὶ τοῦ εἶδον; Thu. 2, 35, 1 ἐπαινοῦσι ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπῄνεσαν); 2:25; 5:31, 32a, 36f, 39; 7:7; 8:13f, 18ab; 10:25; 15:26; 21:24; 1J 5:9. μαρτύρησον περὶ τοῦ κακοῦ testify to the wrong J 18:23 (μ.=furnish proof X., Symp. 8, 12). Also ἐπί τινι Hb 11:4b (on ἐπί w. dat. in this pass. s. Gen 4:4). W. dat. of thing (Jos., Ant. 12, 135; Ath. 16, 3 τῷ λόγω. Πλάτων) μ. τῇ ἀληθείᾳ bear witness to the truth J 5:33; 18:37. μ. σου τῇ ἀληθείᾳ testify to the truth of your (way of life) 3J 3; σου τῇ ἀγάπῃ vs. 6. W. dat. of pers. about whom testimony is given (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 73 §298; Just., D. 122, 2.—It is dat. of advantage or disadv.) Ac 10:43; 22:5; GJs 15:2; w. ptc. foll. (μ. Ἰακὼβ λέγων Did., Gen. 221, 2) θεὸς ἐμαρτύρησεν αὐτοῖς δοὺς κτλ. God testified for them by giving Ac 15:8 (though αὐτοῖς can also be taken w. δούς); w. ὅτι foll. bear someone witness that J 3:28; Ro 10:2; Gal 4:15; Col 4:13. μ. ἑαυτῷ, ὅτι bear witness to oneself that Mt 23:31. The dat. can also designate the pers. who is informed or instructed by the testimony: bear witness to someone Hb 10:15; Rv 22:18.—μ. ὅτι testify that (Aelian, VH 9, 11; Did., Gen. 156, 28) J 1:34; 4:44; 12:17 v.l.; 1J 4:14. ὅτι introducing direct discourse J 4:39. μ. κατὰ τ. θεοῦ ὅτι bear witness against God by declaring that 1 Cor 15:15 (PPetr II, 21 [d], 12 [III B.C.] καθʼ οὗ μαρτυρῶ). ἐμαρτύρησεν καὶ εἶπεν w. direct discourse foll. J 13:21. μ. λέγων w. direct disc. foll. J 1:32. Of God μοι μαρτυρεῖ λέγων (Ps 89:4 follows) he testifies (of it) to me by saying 15:4. For 1 Ti 6:13 s. c below.β. pass., be witnessed, have witness borne ὑπό τινος by someone (Philo, Leg. All. 3, 46 σοφία μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ θεοῦ; Just., D. 63, 5 Χριστὸς ὑπὸ τοῦ ταῦτα ποιήσαντος μαρτυρούμενος. Of Jesus: ὑπὸ τῶν προφητῶν πολλαχοῦ μεμαρτ. Orig., C. Cels. 2, 9, 30) Ro 3:21 (the witness of the law and prophets points to God’s righteousness). Foll. by ὅτι and a quot. in direct discourse Hb 7:17. μαρτυρούμενος ὅτι ζῇ one of whom it is testified that he lives vs. 8.ⓑ to confirm bear witness to, declare, confirm, act. (Eunap., Vi. Soph. p. 76 ὁ θεὸς ἐμαρτύρησε; Iren. 2, 22, 5 [Harv I 331, 1]) τὶ someth. (Demosth. 57, 4 ἀκοήν; Aeschin. 1, 46 τἀληθῆ). ὸ̔ ἑωράκαμεν μαρτυροῦμεν J 3:11; cp. vs. 32. τὸν λόγον τ. θεοῦ Rv 1:2. ταῦτα 22:20. τινί τὶ someth. to or for someone (Dionys. Hal. 3, 67, 1; Jos., Ant. 6, 355) vs. 16. ὑμῖν τ. ζωήν 1J 1:2. The acc. is to be supplied fr. the context J 19:35; Ac 23:11. W. ptc. ἀκούσαντες μαρτυρήσωσιν they must admit that they have heard PtK 3 p. 15, 23.—μαρτυρίαν μ. bear witness, confirm, attest (Ps.-Pla., Eryx. 399b; Epict. 4, 8, 32) περί τινος concerning someone J 5:32b; 1J 5:10 (POxy 3313, 25f μαρτυρήσει σοι Σαραπᾶς περὶ τῶν ῥόδων S. will confirm to you about the roses).ⓒ to support one’s testimony with total selfgiving, eccl. usage w. regard to martyrdom bear witness, testify, be a witness (unto death), be martyred, act. (TestAbr B 11 p. 115, 16 [Stone p. 787] Ἄβελ ὁ ἐν πρώτοις μαρτυρήσας; Mel., HE 4, 26, 3; τοῖς μαρτυρούσι τῷ χριστιανισμῷ μέχρι θανάτου Orig., C. Cels. 1, 8, 2): of Paul μαρτυρήσας ἐπὶ τῶν ἡγουμένων … εἰς τὸν ἅγιον τόπον ἐπορεύθη 1 Cl 5:7; cp. vs. 4; MPol 1:1; 19:1; 21f (Iren. 3, 3, 4 [Harv. II 12, 8]); EpilMosq 4. Prob. 1 Ti 6:13 also belongs here: Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ μαρτυρήσαντος ἐπὶ Ποντίου Πιλάτου τ. καλὴν ὁμολογίαν Christ Jesus, who made the good confession before Pontius Pilate (s. GBaldensperger, RHPR 2, 1922, 1–25; 95–117); otherwise the passage may be classed under a above.② to affirm in a supportive manner, testify favorably, speak well (of), approveⓐ act. (Dio Chrys. 23 [40], 19; SIG 374, 37 [III B.C.]; POxy 930, 16) w. dat. of the pers. (Appian, Samn. 11, §2 τοῖς ὑπάτοις, Liby. 105 §495, Bell. Civ. 4, 92 §387; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jos., Ant. 12, 134) or of the thing approved Lk 4:22 (OFearghus, ZNW 75, ’84, 60–72 [pap and ins]; JNolland, JBL 98, ’79, 219–29); J 3:26. Of God toward David Ac 13:22. μὴ ἑαυτῷ μαρτυρείτω he must not testify (favorably) concerning himself 1 Cl 38:2. W. dat. to be supplied 3J 12b. μαρτυρίᾳ, ᾗ ἐμαρτύρησεν αὐτῷ ὁ δεσπότης Hs 5, 2, 6. Of the flesh ἵνα τὸ πνεῦμα … μαρτυρήσῃ αὐτῇ Hs 5, 7, 1.—ὁ κύριος ὁ μαρτυρῶν ἐπὶ (which a v.l. omits; μ. ἐπί τινι as Jos., Ant. 3, 189) τῷ λόγῳ τ. χάριτος αὐτοῦ the Lord, who attested the word of his grace Ac 14:3. With συνευδοκέω Lk 11:48 v.l.ⓑ pass., be well spoken of, be approved (Ep. 12 of Apollonius of Tyana: Philostrat. I 348, 26; Just., D. 29, 1. Exx. fr. ins in Dssm., NB 93 [BS 265], LO 69, 2 [LAE 84, 5]) ἀνὴρ μαρτυρούμενος or μεμαρτυρημένος a man of good reputation Ac 6:3; IPhld 11:1. Of OT worthies people of attested merit 1 Cl 17:1; 19:1. Of David 18:1. Of Abraham μεγάλως ἐμαρτυρήθη his merit was gloriously attested 17:2 (cp. Just., D. 11, 5 ἐπὶ τῇ πίστει μαρτυηθέντος ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ). Of the apostles 47:4. Of Paul IEph 12:2. Of church leaders 1 Cl 44:3.—Foll. by nom. and inf. Hb 11:4a; cp. vs. 5. διά τινος be praised for someth. 11:4a, 39. ἐν ἔργοις καλοῖς μαρτυρούμενος well attested in good deeds 1 Ti 5:10; cp. Hb 11:2. ὑπό τινος be well spoken of by someone (M. Ant. 7, 62; SIG 799, 28; Jos., Ant. 3, 59; Just., D. 29, 3; 92, 4; New Docs 7, 233, no. 10, 10 of a benefactor) Ac 10:22; 16:2; 22:12; IPhld 5:2.—Impersonally μαρτυρεῖταί τινι ὑπό τινος a good testimony is given by someone to someone (Dionys. Hal., Thu. 8 μαρτυρεῖται τῷ ἀνδρὶ τάχα μὲν ὐπὸ πάντων φιλοσόφων; BGU 1141, 15 [14 B.C.] ὡς καὶ μαρτυρηθήσεταί σοι ὑπὸ τῶν φίλων) Δημητρίῳ μεμαρτύρηται ὑπὸ πάντων καὶ ὑπὸ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας Demetrius has received a good testimony from everyone and from the truth itself 3J 12a.—Dg 12:6.—OMichel, Bibl. Bekennen u. Bezeugen, Ὁμολογεῖν und μαρτυρεῖν im bibl. Sprachgebr.: Evang. Theologie 2, ’35, 231–45; EBurnier, La notion de témoignage dans le NT ’39.—DELG s.v. μάρτυς. M-M. EDNT. TRE XXII 196–212. TW. -
110 vicio
m.1 vice (libertinaje, actividad inmoral).2 bad habit, vice (mala costumbre).quejarse o llorar de vicio to complain for no (good) reasonpara mí, viajar es un vicio (informal) I'm addicted to travelingvicios posturales bad postural habits3 defect.tiene un vicio al andar he walks in a strange wayvicio de dicción incorrect use of language4 immoral habit, indulgence, bad habit, evil practice.pres.indicat.1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: viciar.* * *1 (corrupción) vice, corruption2 (mala costumbre) bad habit; (inmoralidad) vice3 (del lenguaje) incorrect usage4 (defecto) defect\de vicio / por vicio for no reason at all, for the sake of itquejarse de vicio to complain for the sake of it* * *noun m.* * *SM1) (=corrupción) vice2) (=mala costumbre) bad habit, vicede o por vicio — out of sheer habit
eso tiene mucho vicio — *that's very habit-forming *o addictive
vicio inveterado, vicio de origen — ingrained bad habit
3) (=adicción)el vicio — the drug habit, drug addiction
4) (=defecto) defect, blemish; (Jur) error; (Ling) mistake, incorrect form5) [de superficie] warp; [de línea] twist, bend6) (con niño) excessive indulgence7) (Bot) rankness8)de vicio — * (=estupendo) great, super *
9)estar de vicio — (LAm) (=sin trabajar) to be idle
* * *1) ( corrupción) vicedarse al vicio — to give oneself over to vice o evil ways
2) ( hábito)el único vicio que tengo — my only vice o bad habit
se queja de vicio — (fam) she complains for the sake of it
3) ( defecto) fault, defect4) (Der) flaw, error* * *= vice.Ex. This article discusses the basis for a new code of ethics for librarians with reference to earlier ideas about virtues and vices for librarians.----* de vicio = for no specific reason, for no particular reason, for no good reason.* de visio = for no reason.* ser un vicio = moreish.* * *1) ( corrupción) vicedarse al vicio — to give oneself over to vice o evil ways
2) ( hábito)el único vicio que tengo — my only vice o bad habit
se queja de vicio — (fam) she complains for the sake of it
3) ( defecto) fault, defect4) (Der) flaw, error* * *= vice.Ex: This article discusses the basis for a new code of ethics for librarians with reference to earlier ideas about virtues and vices for librarians.
* de vicio = for no specific reason, for no particular reason, for no good reason.* de visio = for no reason.* ser un vicio = moreish.* * *A (corrupción) vicedarse al vicio to give oneself over to vice o evil waysB(hábito, costumbre): el juego es un vicio para él he's a compulsive gamblertiene el vicio de la bebida she drinks, she's a heavy drinkerel único vicio que tengo es el tabaco smoking is my only vice o bad habitse queja de vicio ( fam); she complains for no reason at all o for the sake of itC (defecto) fault, defectvicio de diseño design faultvicios de fabricación manufacturing defectsla vivienda puede tener vicios ocultos the house may have hidden structural defectsD ( Der) flaw, errorCompuestos:fundamental error o omissionprocedural irregularity* * *
Del verbo viciar: ( conjugate viciar)
vicio es:
1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo
vició es:
3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo
Multiple Entries:
viciar
vicio
viciar ( conjugate viciar) verbo transitivo ‹ persona› to get … into a bad habit;
‹estilo/lenguaje› to mar
viciarse verbo pronominala) [ persona]: viciose con algo to become addicted to sth
vicio sustantivo masculino
1 ( corrupción) vice;
2 ( hábito):◊ el único vicio que tengo my only vice o bad habit;
el juego se convirtió en vicio para él his gambling became an addiction;
se queja de vicio (fam) she complains for the sake of it
viciar verbo transitivo
1 (una persona) to get into a bad habit
2 (un ambiente) el aire de este cuarto está muy viciado, this room is very stuffy
vicio sustantivo masculino
1 (afición excesiva) vice: la bebida es el peor de sus vicios, drinking is his worst vice
su único vicio, his only vice
2 (costumbre censurable) bad habit
♦ Locuciones: familiar estar algo de vicio, to be delicious: el postre estaba de vicio, the dessert was great
quejarse de vicio, to complain for no reason at all
' vicio' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
brigada
- desenfrenada
- desenfrenado
- desenfreno
- domar
- entregarse
- jugador
- jugadora
- quitarse
- recaer
- renunciar
- resabio
- agarrar
- arraigado
- arraigar
- bebida
- coger
- cuajo
English:
conquer
- habit
- shake off
- unhealthy
- vice
* * *vicio nm1. [libertinaje] vice;el vicio y la virtud vice and virtue2. [actividad inmoral] vice;gasta todo lo que gana en vicios he spends everything he earns on his vices3. [afición excesiva]Famfuma mucho, pero quiere dejar el vicio she smokes a lot, but she wants to give up (the habit);para mí, viajar es un vicio I'm addicted to travelling;Famde vicio [fenomenal] brilliant;esta tarta está de vicio this cake is yummy o scrumptious;nos lo pasamos de vicio we had a great o fantastic time;4. [mala costumbre] bad habit, vice;vicios posturales bad postural habits5. [defecto, error] defect;tiene un vicio al andar he walks in a strange wayvicio de dicción incorrect use of language; Der vicio de forma minor procedural irregularity* * *m1 vice;pasarlo de vicio fam have a great time2 COM defect;vicio oculto hidden defect* * *vicio nm1) : vice, depravity2) : bad habit3) : defect, blemish* * *vicio n (adicción) bad habit -
111 compter
compter [kɔ̃te]━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━➭ TABLE 11. <a. ( = calculer) to count• combien en avez-vous compté ? how many did you count?• 40 cm ? j'avais compté 30 40cm? I made it 30• on peut compter sur les doigts de la main ceux qui comprennent vraiment you can count on the fingers of one hand the people who really understandb. ( = prévoir) to reckonc. ( = inclure) to include• nous étions dix, sans compter le professeur there were ten of us, not counting the teacherd. ( = facturer) to charge fore. ( = prendre en considération) to take into account• il aurait dû venir, sans compter qu'il n'avait rien à faire he ought to have come, especially as he had nothing to dof. ( = classer) to consider• on compte ce livre parmi les meilleurs de l'année this book is considered among the best of the yearg. ( = avoir l'intention de) to intend to ; ( = s'attendre à) to expect to• j'y compte bien ! I should hope so!2. <a. ( = calculer) to countb. ( = être économe) to economize• dépenser sans compter ( = être dépensier) to spend extravagantly ; ( = donner généreusement) to give without counting the costc. ( = avoir de l'importance) to countd. ( = valoir) to counte. ( = figurer) compter parmi to rank amongf. (locutions)• cette loi prendra effet à compter du 30 septembre this law will take effect as from 30 September► compter avec ( = tenir compte de) to take account of• un nouveau parti avec lequel il faut compter a new party that has to be taken into account► compter sans* * *kɔ̃te
1.
1) ( dénombrer) to counton ne compte plus ses victoires — he/she has had countless victories
je ne compte plus les lettres anonymes que je reçois — I've lost count of the anonymous letters I have received
sans compter — [donner, dépenser] freely
2) ( évaluer)il faut compter environ 100 euros — you should reckon on GB ou count on paying about 100 euros
3) ( faire payer)4) ( inclure) to countje vous ai compté dans le nombre des participants — I've counted you as one of ou among the participants
5) ( projeter)6) ( s'attendre à)‘je vais t'aider’ - ‘j'y compte bien’ — ‘I'll help you’ - ‘I should hope so too’
2.
verbe intransitif1) ( dire les nombres) to count2) ( calculer) to count, to add upil sait très bien compter, il compte très bien — he's very good at counting
3) ( avoir de l'importance) to matter ( pour quelqu'un to somebody)c'est l'intention or le geste qui compte — it's the thought that counts
le salaire compte beaucoup dans le choix d'une carrière — pay is an important factor in the choice of a career
4) ( avoir une valeur) to countcompter double/triple — to count double/triple
5) ( figurer)compter au nombre de, compter parmi — to be counted among
6)compter avec — ( faire face) to reckon with [difficultés, concurrence]; ( ne pas oublier) to take [sb/sth] into account [personne, chose]
7)compter sans — ( négliger) not to take [sb/sth] into account [personne, chose]
8)compter sur — ( attendre) to count on [personne, aide]; (dépendre, faire confiance) to rely on [personne, ressource]; ( prévoir) to reckon on [somme, revenu]
vous pouvez compter sur moi, je vais m'en occuper — you can rely ou count on me, I'll see to it
ne compte pas sur moi — (pour venir, participer) count me out
je vais leur dire ce que j'en pense, tu peux compter là- dessus (colloq) or sur moi! — I'll tell them what I think, you can be sure of that!
quand il s'agit de faire des bêtises, on peut compter sur toi! — (colloq) hum trust you to do something silly!
3.
se compter verbe pronominalles faillites dans la région ne se comptent plus — there have been countless bankruptcies in the area
4.
à compter de locution prépositive as from
5.
sans compter que locution conjonctive ( en outre) and what is more; ( d'autant plus que) especially as* * *kɔ̃te1. vt1) (établir le nombre de) to count2) (= inclure, dans une liste) to includesans compter qch — not counting sth, not including sth
On sera dix-huit, sans compter les enfants. — There'll be eighteen of us, not counting the children.
3) (= facturer) to charge forIl n'a pas compté le deuxième café. — He didn't charge us for the second coffee.
4) (= avoir à son actif, comporter) to haveL'institut compte trois prix Nobel. — The institute has three Nobel prizewinners.
5) (prévoir: une certaine quantité, un certain temps) to allow, to reckon onIl faut compter environ deux heures. — You have to allow about two hours., You have to reckon on about two hours.
6) (= avoir l'intention de)Je compte bien réussir. — I fully intend to succeed.
Je compte partir début mai. — I intend to leave at the beginning of May.
2. vi1) (calculer) to countIl savait compter à l'âge de trois ans. — He could count when he was three years old.
à compter du 10 janvier COMMERCE — from 10 January, as from 10 January
2) (= être non négligeable) to count, to matterL'honnêteté, ça compte quand même. — Honesty counts after all.
3) (qu'on peut prendre en compte) to countÇa ne compte pas - il s'est fait aider. — That doesn't count - he had help.
4) (= figurer)compter parmi — to be among, to rank among
compter avec qch/qn — to reckon with sth/sb
compter sans qch/qn — to reckon without sth/sb
6)compter sur [personne] — to count on, to rely on, [aide] to count on
7) (= être économe) to watch every penny, to count the penniesPendant longtemps, il a fallu compter. — For a long time we had to watch every penny.
* * *compter verb table: aimerA vtr1 ( dénombrer) to count; compter les jours to count the days; ‘j'ai compté cinq coups à l'horloge’-‘j'en ai compté six’ ‘I counted five strokes of the clock’-‘I counted six’; ‘combien y a-t-il de bouteilles?’-‘j'en compte 24’ ‘how many bottles are there?’-‘I make it 24’; on compte deux millions de chômeurs/3 000 cas de malaria there is a total of two million unemployed/3,000 cases of malaria; une heure après le début de l'attaque on comptait déjà 40 morts an hour after the attack started 40 deaths had already been recorded; on ne compte plus ses victoires he/she has had countless victories; je ne compte plus les lettres anonymes que je reçois I've lost count of the anonymous letters I have received; j'ai compté qu'il y avait 52 fenêtres/500 euros I counted a total of 52 windows/500 euros; as-tu compté combien il reste d'œufs? have you counted how many eggs are left?;2 ( évaluer) compter une bouteille pour trois to allow a bottle between three people; pour aller à Caen il faut compter cinq heures you must allow five hours to get to Caen; il faut compter environ 100 euros you should reckon on GB ou count on paying about 100 euros; compter large/très large/trop large to allow plenty/more than enough/far too much; j'ai pris une tarte pour huit, je préfère compter large I got a tart for eight, I prefer to be on the safe side;3 ( faire payer) compter qch à qn to charge sb for sth; il m'a compté la livre à 1,71 euro he charged me 1.71 euros to the pound; il m'a compté 50 euros de déplacement he charged a 50 euro call-out fee;4 ( inclure) to count; je vous ai compté dans le nombre des participants I've counted you as one of ou among the participants; nous t'avons déjà compté pour le repas de la semaine prochaine we've already counted you (in) for the meal next week; as-tu compté la TVA? have you counted the VAT?; 2 000 euros par mois sans compter les primes 2,000 euros a month not counting bonuses; sans compter les soucis not to mention the worry; j'ai oublié de compter le col et la ceinture quand j'ai acheté le tissu I forgot to allow for the collar and the waistband when I bought the fabric; je le comptais au nombre de mes amis I counted him among my friends ou as a friend; s'il fallait compter le temps que j'y passe if I had to work out how much time I'm spending on it;5 ( avoir) to have [habitants, chômeurs, alliés]; to have [sth] to one's credit [victoire, succès]; notre club compte des gens célèbres our club has some well-known people among its members; un sportif qui compte de nombreuses victoires à son actif a sportsman who has many victories to his credit; il compte 15 ans de présence dans l'entreprise he has been with the company for 15 years;6 ( projeter) compter faire to intend to do; ‘comptez-vous y aller?’-‘j'y compte bien’ ‘do you intend to go?’-‘yes, I certainly do’; je compte m'acheter un ordinateur I'm hoping to buy myself a computer;7 ( s'attendre à) il comptait que je lui prête de l'argent he expected me to lend him some money; ‘je vais t'aider’-‘j'y compte bien’ ‘I'll help you’-‘I should hope so too’;8 ( donner avec parcimonie) il a toujours compté ses sous he has always watched the pennies; compter jusqu'au moindre centime to count every penny; sans compter [donner, dépenser] freely; se dépenser sans compter pour (la réussite de) qch to put everything one's got into sth.B vi1 ( dire les nombres) to count; compter jusqu'à 20 to count up to 20; il ne sait pas compter he can't count; il a trois ans mais il compte déjà bien he's three but he's already good at counting; compter sur ses doigts to count on one's fingers;2 ( calculer) to count, to add up; il sait très bien compter, il compte très bien he's very good at counting; cela fait 59 non pas 62, tu ne sais pas compter! that makes 59 not 62, you can't count!; compter sur ses doigts to work sums out on one's fingers;3 ( avoir de l'importance) [avis, diplôme, apparence] to matter (pour qn to sb); ce qui compte c'est qu'ils se sont réconciliés what matters is that they have made it up; c'est l'intention or le geste qui compte it's the thought that counts; 40 ans dans la même entreprise ça compte/ça commence à compter 40 years in the same company, that's quite something/it's beginning to add up; ça compte beaucoup pour moi it means a lot to me; je ne compte pas plus pour elle que son chien I mean no more to her than her dog; compter dans to be a factor in [réussite, échec]; le salaire compte beaucoup dans le choix d'une carrière pay is an important factor in the choice of a career; cela a beaucoup compté dans leur faillite it was a major factor in their bankruptcy; ça fait longtemps que je ne compte plus dans ta vie it's been a long time since I have meant anything to you; il connaît tout ce qui compte dans le milieu du cinéma he knows everybody who is anybody in film circles;4 ( avoir une valeur) [épreuve, faute] to count; compter double/triple to count double/triple; compter double/triple par rapport à to count for twice/three times as much as; ça ne compte pas, il a triché it doesn't count, he cheated; le dernier exercice ne compte pas dans le calcul de la note the last exercise isn't counted in the calculation of the grade; la lettre ‘y’ compte pour combien? how much is the letter ‘y’ worth?; la lettre ‘z’ compte pour combien de points? how many points is the letter ‘z’ worth?; une faute de grammaire compte pour quatre points four marks are deducted for a grammatical error;6 compter avec ( faire face) to reckon with [difficultés, concurrence, belle-mère]; ( ne pas oublier) to take [sb/sth] into account [personne, chose]; ( prévoir) to allow for [retard, supplément]; il doit compter avec les syndicats he has to reckon with the unions; il faut compter avec l'opinion publique one must take public opinion into account; il faut compter avec le brouillard dans cette région you should allow for fog in that area;7 compter sans ( négliger) to reckon without [risque, gêne]; ( oublier) not to take [sb/sth] into account [personne, chose]; c'était compter sans le brouillard that was without allowing for the fog; j'avais compté sans la TVA I hadn't taken the VAT into account;8 compter sur ( attendre) to count on [personne, aide]; (dépendre, faire confiance) to rely on [personne, ressource]; ( prévoir) to reckon on [somme, revenu]; vous pouvez compter sur moi, je viendrai you can count on me, I'll be there; tu peux compter sur ma présence you can count on me ou on my being there; vous pouvez compter sur moi, je vais m'en occuper you can rely ou count on me, I'll see to it; ne compte pas sur moi (pour venir, participer) count me out; ne compte pas sur moi pour payer tes dettes/faire la cuisine don't rely on me to pay your debts/do the cooking; ne compte pas sur eux pour le faire don't count on them to do it; le pays peut compter sur des stocks de vivres en provenance de… the country can count on stocks of food supplies coming from…; le pays peut compter sur ses réserves de blé the country can rely on its stock of wheat; je ne peux compter que sur moi-même I can only rely on myself; je leur ferai la commission, compte sur moi I'll give them the message, you can count on me; je vais leur dire ce que j'en pense, tu peux compter là-dessus○ or sur moi! I'll tell them what I think, you can be sure of that!; quand il s'agit de faire des bêtises, on peut compter sur toi○! iron trust you to do something silly!; compter sur la discrétion de qn to rely on sb's discretion; je compte dessus I'm counting ou relying on it.C se compter vpr leurs victoires se comptent par douzaines they have had dozens of victories; les défections se comptent par milliers there have been thousands of defections; leurs chansons à succès ne se comptent plus they've had countless hits; les faillites dans la région ne se comptent plus there have been countless bankruptcies in the area.D à compter de loc prép as from; réparations gratuites pendant 12 mois à compter de la date de vente free repairs for 12 months with effect from the date of sale.E sans compter que loc conj ( en outre) and what is more; ( d'autant plus que) especially as; c'est dangereux sans compter que ça pollue it's dangerous and what's more it causes pollution.compte là-dessus et bois de l'eau fraîche○ that'll be the day.[kɔ̃te] verbe transitif1. [dénombrer - objets, argent, personnes] to counton ne compte plus ses crimes she has committed countless ou innumerable crimesj'ai compté qu'il restait 200 euros dans la caisse according to my reckoning there are 200 euros left in the tillcompter les heures/jours [d'impatience] to be counting the hours/days2. [limiter] to count (out)a. [il va mourir] his days are numberedb. [pour accomplir quelque chose] he's running out of timeil ne comptait pas sa peine/ses efforts he spared no pains/effort3. [faire payer] to charge fornous ne vous compterons pas la pièce détachée we won't charge you ou there'll be no charge for the spare partle serveur nous a compté deux euros de trop the waiter has overcharged us by two euros, the waiter has charged us 15 francs too much4. [payer, verser] to pay6. [classer - dans une catégorie]compter quelque chose/quelqu'un parmi to count something/somebody among, to number something/somebody amongcompter quelqu'un/quelque chose pour: nous devons compter sa contribution pour quelque chose we must take some account of her contribution8. [avoir - membres, habitants] to havenous sommes heureux de vous compter parmi nous ce soir we're happy to have ou to welcome you among us tonightil compte beaucoup d'artistes au nombre de ou parmi ses amis he numbers many artists among his friends9. [s'attendre à] to expect10. [avoir l'intention de] to intendcompter faire quelque chose to intend to do something, to mean to do something, to plan to do something11. [prévoir] to allowil faut compter entre 14 et 20 euros pour un repas you have to allow between 14 and 20 euros for a mealje compte qu'il y a un bon quart d'heure de marche/une journée de travail I reckon there's a good quarter of an hour's walk/there's a day's workil faudra deux heures pour y aller, en comptant large it will take two hours to get there, at the most————————[kɔ̃te] verbe intransitifsi je compte bien, tu me dois 345 francs if I've counted right ou according to my calculations, you owe me 345 francstu as dû mal compter you must have got your calculations wrong, you must have miscalculated2. [limiter ses dépenses] to be careful (with money)ce qui compte, c'est ta santé/le résultat the important thing is your health/the end result40 ans d'ancienneté, ça compte! 40 years' service counts for something!je prendrai ma décision seule! — alors moi, je ne compte pas? I'll make my own decision! — so I don't count ou matter, then?tu as triché, ça ne compte pas you cheated, it doesn't countà l'examen, la philosophie ne compte presque pas philosophy is a very minor subject in the examcompter double/triple to count double/triplecompter pour quelque chose/rien to count for something/nothingquand il est invité à dîner, il compte pour trois! when he's invited to dinner he eats enough for three!4. [figurer]elle compte parmi les plus grands pianistes de sa génération she is one of the greatest pianists of her generation————————compter avec verbe plus prépositiondésormais, il faudra compter avec l'opposition from now on, the opposition will have to be reckoned with————————compter sans verbe plus préposition————————compter sur verbe plus préposition[faire confiance à] to count ou to rely ou to depend on (inseparable)[espérer - venue, collaboration, événement] to count on (inseparable)c'est quelqu'un sur qui tu peux compter he's/she's a reliable personne compte pas trop sur la chance don't count ou rely too much on luckje peux sortir demain soir? — n'y compte pas! can I go out tomorrow night? — don't count ou bank on it!il ne faut pas trop y compter don't count on it, I wouldn't count on itcompter sur quelqu'un/quelque chose pour: compte sur lui pour aller tout répéter au patron! you can rely on him to go and tell the boss everything!si c'est pour lui jouer un mauvais tour, ne comptez pas sur moi! if you want to play a dirty trick on him, you can count me out!————————se compter verbe pronominalses succès ne se comptent plus her successes are innumerable ou are past counting————————se compter verbe pronominal (emploi réfléchi)1. [s'estimer] to count ou to consider oneself2. [s'inclure dans un calcul] to count ou to include oneself————————à compter de locution prépositionnelleas from ou ofà compter du 7 mai as from ou of May 7thà compter de ce jour, nous ne nous sommes plus revus from that day on, we never saw each other again————————en comptant locution prépositionnelleil faut deux mètres de tissu en comptant l'ourlet you need two metres of material including ou if you include the hem————————sans compter locution adverbiale[généralementéreusement]donner sans compter to give generously ou without counting the cost————————sans compter locution prépositionnelle[sans inclure] not counting————————sans compter que locution conjonctiveil est trop tôt pour aller dormir, sans compter que je n'ai pas du tout sommeil it's too early to go to bed, quite apart from the fact that I'm not at all sleepy————————tout bien compté locution adverbiale -
112 disposition
disposition [dispozisjɔ̃]1. feminine nouna. ( = arrangement) arrangement ; [de pièces d'une maison] layout• ils ont changé la disposition des objets dans la vitrine they have changed the way the things in the window are laid outb. ( = usage) disposal• mettre qch/être à la disposition de qn to put sth/be at sb's disposal• je me tiens à votre entière disposition pour de plus amples renseignements I am entirely at your disposal should you require further informationc. ( = mesure) measure• prendre des or ses dispositions pour que qch soit fait to make arrangements for sth to be doned. ( = manière d'être) mood• est-il toujours dans les mêmes dispositions à l'égard de ce projet/candidat ? does he still feel the same way about this plan/candidate?f. [de contrat] clause2. plural feminine noundispositions ( = inclinations, aptitudes) aptitude• avoir des dispositions pour la musique/les langues to have a gift for music/languages* * *dispozisjɔ̃
1.
1) ( arrangement) arrangement; (d'appartement, de salle) layout; ( place) position2) ( possibilité d'utiliser)se tenir à la disposition de quelqu'un — to be at somebody's disposal ( pour quelque chose for something; pour faire to do)
se mettre à la disposition de la justice — [témoin] to make oneself available to the court
3) ( mesure) measure, step4) ( tendance) fml tendency (à to)5) ( clause) clause
2.
dispositions nom féminin pluriel1) ( aptitudes) aptitude2) ( humeur)* * *dispozisjɔ̃1. nf1) (= arrangement) [meubles, appartement] arrangement, layout2) (= humeur) mood3) (= tendance) tendency4) (= disponibilité, jouissance)avoir qch à sa disposition — to have sth at one's disposal, to have the use of sth
J'ai une voiture à ma disposition pour la semaine. — I have a car at my disposal for the week., I've got the use of a car for the week.
Je tiens ces livres à votre disposition. — The books are at your disposal.
Je suis à votre disposition. — I am at your service.
2. dispositions nfpl1) (= mesures) steps, measures2) (= préparatifs) arrangementsEst-ce que vous avez pris vos dispositions pour partir en France? — Have you made your preparations for going to France?
3) [loi, testament] provisions4) (= aptitudes) aptitude sg* * *A nf1 ( arrangement) arrangement; (d'appartement, de salle) layout; (de pions, troupes) position; arbustes plantés selon une disposition symétrique symmetrically planted shrubs; espèces distinguées par la disposition de leurs nageoires species distinguished by the position of their fins;2 ( possibilité d'utiliser) c'est à ta disposition it's at your disposal; j'ai une voiture à ma disposition I have a car at my disposal; à la disposition du public for public use; se tenir à la disposition de qn to be at sb's disposal (pour qch for sth; pour faire to do); je suis à votre entière disposition I am entirely at your disposal; mettre qch à la disposition de qn to put sth at sb's disposal; une voiture sera mise/sera à disposition pour a car will be made/will be available for; se mettre à la disposition de la justice [témoin] to make oneself available to the court; il doit rester à la disposition de la justice he must remain available to the court; les dossiers ont été remis à la disposition de la justice the files were made available to the court; il a été mis à la disposition de la justice he was remanded in custody;3 ( mesure) measure, step; dispositions fiscales/législatives tax/legal measures; j'ai pris mes dispositions pour arriver à l'heure I made arrangements to arrive on time;4 ( tendance) fml tendency (à to); cet enfant a une disposition à la paresse this child has a tendency to laziness;B dispositions nfpl1 ( aptitudes) aptitude; avoir/montrer des dispositions pour qch/pour faire to have/to show an aptitude for sth/for doing;2 ( humeur) elle n'était pas dans de bonnes dispositions ce jour-là she wasn't in a good mood that day; attends qu'il soit dans de meilleures dispositions wait till he's in a better mood; ses mauvaises dispositions à mon égard his/her ill-feelings toward(s) me.disposition d'esprit state ou frame of mind.[dispozisjɔ̃] nom féminin1. [arrangement - de couverts] layout ; [ - de fleurs, de livres, de meubles] arrangement2. [fait d'arranger - des couverts] laying out, setting ; [ - des meubles] laying out, arranging ; [ - des fleurs] arranging3. [tendance - d'une personne] tendencyavoir une disposition à la négligence/à grossir to have a tendency to carelessness/to put on weightles dispositions testamentaires de... the last will and testament of...[jouissance] disposal————————dispositions nom féminin pluriel1. [humeur] moodêtre dans de bonnes/mauvaises dispositions to be in a good/bad moodêtre dans de bonnes/mauvaises dispositions à l'égard de quelqu'un to be well-disposed/ill-disposed towards somebody2. [mesures] measuresa. [précautions, arrangements] to make arrangements, to take stepsb. [préparatifs] to make preparations————————à la disposition de locution prépositionnellemettre ou tenir quelque chose à la disposition de quelqu'un to place something at somebody's disposal, to make something available to somebodyje suis ou me tiens à votre entière disposition pour tout autre renseignement should you require further information, please feel free to contact me -
113 droit
I.droit1, e1 [dʀwa, dʀwat]1. adjective2. masculine noun3. feminine noun• le tiroir/chemin de droite the right-hand drawer/path• garder or tenir sa droite to keep to the right• candidat/idées de droite right-wing candidate/ideasII.droit2, e2 [dʀwa, dʀwat]1. adjectivea. ( = sans déviation, non courbe) [barre, ligne, route, nez] straightb. ( = vertical, non penché) [arbre, mur] straight• être or se tenir droit comme un i to stand bolt uprightc. ( = honnête, loyal) [personne] upright2. feminine noundroite ( = ligne) straight line3. adverb[viser, couper, marcher] straight• aller/marcher droit devant soi to go/walk straight ahead• aller droit au but or au fait to go straight to the pointIII.droit3 [dʀwa]1. masculine nouna. ( = prérogative) right• droit de pêche/chasse fishing/hunting rights• droit du sang/du sol right to nationality based on parentage/on place of birth• avoir le droit de faire qch (simple permission, possibilité) to be allowed to do sth ; (autorisation juridique) to have the right to do sth• avoir droit à [+ allocation] to be entitled to• avoir droit de regard sur [+ documents] to have the right to examine ; [+ affaires, décision] to have a say in• de quel droit est-il entré ? what right did he have to come in?• droit civil/pénal civil/criminal lawc. ( = taxe) droit d'entrée entrance fee• droits d'inscription/d'enregistrement enrolment/registration fee2. compounds► droit d'auteur ( = propriété artistique, littéraire) copyright• « tous droits (de reproduction) réservés » "all rights reserved" ► droits de succession inheritance tax* * *
1.
droite dʀwɑ, ɑt adjectif1) (pas courbe, pas tordu) [ligne, route, barre, cheveux, mur, nez] straight; ( pas penché) [écriture] up-and-downse tenir droit — ( debout) to stand up straight; ( assis) to sit up straight
s'écarter du droit chemin — fig to stray from the straight and narrow
2) ( contraire de gauche) right3) ( honnête) [personne] straight, upright; [vie] blameless4) ( sensé) [jugement] sound5) ( en couture) [jupe] straight; [veste] single-breasted6) Mathématique [cône, angle, prisme] right
2.
adverbe [aller, rouler] straightaller droit au but or fait — fig to go straight to the point
ça m'est allé droit au cœur — fig it really touched me
marcher or filer (colloq) droit — fig to toe the line
venir tout droit de — [expression, citation] to come straight out of [auteur, œuvre]
3.
nom masculin1) ( prérogative) rightavoir des droits sur quelqu'un/quelque chose — to have rights over somebody/something
avoir droit à — to have the right to [liberté, nationalité]; to be entitled to [bourse, indemnité]
il a eu droit à une amende — iron he got a fine
avoir le droit de faire — ( la permission) to be allowed to do; (selon la morale, la justice) to have the right to do
avoir le droit de vie ou de mort sur quelqu'un — to have (the) power of life and death over somebody
à bon droit — [se plaindre] with good reason
‘à qui de droit’ — ‘to whom it may concern’
j'en parlerai à qui de droit — (colloq) I'll speak to the appropriate person
faire droit à — to grant [requête]
2) Droit ( ensemble de lois) law3) ( redevance) fee4) ( en boxe) rightcrochet/uppercut du droit — right hook/uppercut
•Phrasal Verbs:••se tenir droit comme un i or un piquet — to hold oneself very erect
* * *dʀwa droit, -e1. adj1) (= non courbe) straight2) (= loyal, franc) upright, straight3) (= opposé à gauche) right2. adv3. nm1) (= prérogative) rightOn n'a pas le droit de fumer à l'école. — We're not allowed to smoke at school.
être en droit de — to have a right to, to have the right to
à bon droit (= justement) — with good reason
avoir droit de cité fig — to belong
See:2) (= lois, sujet)See:3) (= poing)4) (= taxe) duty, tax, [inscription] fee4. droits nmpl1) (= prérogatives) rightsSee:2) (= somme d'argent)See:5. nf1) (= ligne) straight line2) BOXE (= coup) right3) (= opposé à gauche) rightà droite (position) — on the right, (direction) right, to the right
4) POLITIQUE right, right wing* * *A adj1 (pas courbe, pas tordu) [ligne, route, barre, cheveux, mur, tour, nez] straight; ( pas penché) [cône, cylindre, prisme] right; [écriture] up-and-down; le tableau n'est pas droit the picture isn't straight; se tenir droit ( debout) to stand up straight; ( assis) to sit up straight; tenir qch droit to hold sth straight; le droit chemin fig the straight and narrow; s'écarter du droit chemin to stray from the straight and narrow; descendre en droite ligne de to be a direct descendant of;2 ( contraire de gauche) right; le côté droit the right side; du côté droit on the right(-hand) side;4 ( sensé) [jugement] sound;6 Math right.B adv [aller, rouler] straight; droit devant straight ahead; se diriger droit vers to make straight for, to make a beeline for○; la voiture venait droit sur nous the car was coming straight at us; continuez tout droit carry straight on; file tout droit à la maison go straight home; aller droit au but or fait fig to go straight to the point; aller droit à la catastrophe to be heading straight for disaster; ça m'est allé droit au cœur fig it really touched me; marcher droit lit to walk straight; marcher or filer○ droit to toe the line; regarder qn droit dans les yeux to look sb straight in the eye; venir tout droit de [expression, citation] to come straight out of [auteur, œuvre]; je reviens tout droit de chez elle/de l'exposition I've come straight from her place/the exhibition.C nm1 ( prérogative) right; connaître/faire valoir ses droits to know/assert one's rights; avoir des droits sur qn/qch to have rights over sb/sth; de quel droit est-ce que tu me juges? what gives you the right to judge me?; être dans son (bon) droit, avoir le droit pour soi or de son côté to be within one's rights; de (plein) droit by right(s); de droit divin [monarque, monarchie] by divine right; cela leur revient de droit it's theirs by right; c'est tout à fait ton droit you have every right to do so, you're perfectly entitled to do so; avoir droit à to have the right to [liberté, nationalité]; to be entitled to, to be eligible for [bourse, indemnité]; vous avez droit à une boisson chacun you're allowed one drink each; les spectateurs ont eu droit à un beau match the spectators were treated to a fine game; on a eu droit à ses souvenirs de régiment iron he treated us to stories about his army days; il a eu droit à une amende iron he got a fine; avoir le droit de faire ( la permission) to be allowed to do; (selon la morale, la justice) to have the right to do; elle n'a pas le droit de sortir le soir she isn't allowed to go out at night; j'ai quand même le droit de poser une question! iron I suppose I am allowed to ask a question?; j'ai le droit de savoir I've got a right to know; elle n'a pas le droit de me juger/d'exiger ça de moi she has no right to judge me/to demand that of me; avoir le droit de vie ou de mort sur qn to have (the) power of life and death over sb; il s'imagine qu'il a tous les droits he thinks he can do whatever he likes; être en droit de to be entitled to; on est en droit de se demander si… we are entitled ou we have every right to wonder if…; ça te donne droit à… it entitles you to…; à bon droit [se plaindre, protester] with good reason; ‘à qui de droit’ ‘to whom it may concern’; j'en parlerai à qui de droit○ I'll speak to the appropriate person; faire droit à to grant [demande, requête];2 Jur ( ensemble de lois) law; le droit français/anglais French/English law; faire son droit to study law; étudiant en droit law student;3 ( redevance) fee; acquitter/percevoir un droit to pay/receive a fee; droit d'inscription registration fee; passible de droit dutiable;D droite nf1 ( opposé à gauche) la droite the right; la porte de droite the door on the right; être/rouler à droite to be/to drive on the right; tourner à droite to turn right; tenir sa droite Aut to keep (to the) right; à ta droite, sur ta droite on your right; à droite de to the right of; deuxième couloir à droite second corridor on the right; il ne connaît pas sa droite de sa gauche he can't tell (his) right from (his) left; demander à droite et à gauche ( partout) to ask everywhere ou all over the place; ( à tous) to ask everybody; être critiqué de droite et de gauche to be criticized from all sides ou by everybody;2 Pol right; voter à droite to vote for the right; de droite [parti, personne, gouvernement] right-wing; être à or de droite to be right-wing;3 Math straight line.droit administratif administrative law; droit aérien Jur air law; droit des affaires Jur company law GB, corporate law US; droit d'aînesse Jur birthright, primogeniture; droit d'antenne broadcasting right; droit d'asile Pol right of asylum; droit au bail right to the lease; droit canon Jur canon law; droit de cité Jur (right of) citizenship; fig acceptance; acquérir droit de cité fig to gain acceptance; avoir droit de cité to be accepted; donner droit de cité à to accept; droit civil Jur civil law; droit commercial commercial law; droit commun ( prisonnier) nonpolitical; de droit commun [prisonnier] nonpolitical, ordinary; [[taux, régime] ordinary; droit constitutionnel Jur constitutional law; droit coutumier Jur common law; droit écrit Jur statute law; droit d'entrée Comm, Fisc import duty; ( pour une personne) entrance fee; droit d'étalage Comm, Fisc stallage; droit fil Cout straight grain; fig main line; dans le droit fil de fig in line with; droit fiscal Jur tax law; droit de grâce Jur right of reprieve; droit de grève Pol right to strike; droit immobilier Jur property law; droit international Jur international law; droit maritime Jur maritime law; droit de passage Jur right of way GB, easement US; droit pénal Jur criminal law; droit de port Fisc port dues; droit de poursuite Jur right of action; droit de préemption right of preemption; droit privé Jur private law; droit de propriété right of possession; droit public Jur public law; droit de recours Jur right of appeal; droit de regard Fin right of inspection; gén avoir droit de regard sur to have a say in; droit de réponse right of reply; droit de rétention lien; droit du sang right to citizenship by virtue of kinship; droit social Jur labourGB law; droit du sol right to citizenship by virtue of birth in a country; droit de timbre Fisc stamp duty; droit du travail Jur labourGB law; droit d'usage Jur customary right; droit de veto right of veto; droit de visite Jur right of access; droit de vote Pol right to vote; droits d'auteur Édition royalties; droits civiques Pol civil rights; droits de douane Comm, Fisc customs duties; les droits de l'homme human rights; droits de quai Fisc wharfage; droits de reproduction reproduction rights; tous droits de reproduction réservés all rights reserved; droits de succession Fisc inheritance tax; droits de tirage spéciaux, DTS Fisc special drawing rights, SDR.se tenir droit comme un i or un piquet to hold oneself very erect ou upright.I1. [rectiligne - allée, bâton, nez] straight2. [vertical, non penché - mur] upright, straight, plumb (terme spécialisé) ; [ - dossier, poteau] upright, straightêtre ou se tenir droita. [assis] to sit up straightb. [debout] to stand up straightdroit comme un cierge ou un i ou un piquet (as) stiff as a poker ou a ramrod ou a post3. [d'aplomb] straight6. [vêtement]manteau/veston droit single-breasted coat/jacket————————adverbe[écrire] in a straight line[couper, rouler] straight (adverbe)après le carrefour, c'est toujours tout droit after the crossroads, keep going straight on ou aheadaller droit à la catastrophe/l'échec to be heading straight for disaster/a failure————————droite nom fémininII[ailier, jambe, œil] right————————nom masculin————————droite nom féminin1. [côté droit]la droite the right (side), the right-hand sidede droite et de gauche from all quarters ou sides2. POLITIQUE————————à droite locution adverbiale1. [du côté droit]à droite et à gauche (figuré) here and there, hither and thither (littéraire & humoristique), all over the place2. MILITAIREà droite, droite! right wheel!3. POLITIQUEêtre à droite to be right-wing ou on the right————————à droite de locution prépositionnelleto ou on the right of————————de droite locution adjectivale1. [du côté droit]la porte de droite the door on the right, the right-hand door2. POLITIQUEles gens de droite rightwingers, people on the right[drwa] nom masculin1. DROITavoir le droit pour soi to have right ou the law on one's sidedroit civil/commercial/constitutionnel civil/commercial/constitutional lawdroit commun ou coutumier common lawdroit privé/public private/public law2. [prérogative particulière] rightdans cette entreprise, le droit de cuissage est monnaie courante sexual harassment is very common in this companydroit de voirietax paid by businesses who wish to place displays, signs etc. on the public highwayle droit de vote (the) franchise, the right to voteavoir droit de cité [idéologie] to be established, to have currencyils se croient tous les droits, ces gens-là! these people think they can do what they like!3. [autorisation sociale ou morale] rightde quel droit l'a-t-il lue? what gave him the right to read it?, what right had he to read it?donner droit à: le billet donne droit à une consommation gratuite the ticket entitles you to one free drinkdonner le droit à quelqu'un de faire quelque chose to give somebody the right to ou to entitle somebody to do somethingêtre en droit de faire to be entitled ou to have the right to doreprendre ses droits [idée, habitude, nature] to reassert itselfa. [explications] to be entitled tob. [bourse, indemnité] to be entitled to, to be eligible forc. [reconnaissance, respect] to deservea. [comptabilité, dossier] to have the right to examine ou to inspectb. [activités] to have the right to controla. [généralement] to be allowed ou to have the right to dob. [officiellement] to have the right ou to be entitled to doj'ai bien le droit de me reposer! I'm entitled to some rest, aren't I?5. [frais] feedroits d'inscription registration fee ou fees6. (locution)dans mon/son (bon) droit within my/his rightsde (plein) droit by rights, as a right————————droits nom masculin pluriel1. droita. [prérogative] rights, copyrightb. [somme] royaltiestous droits (de reproduction) réservés copyright ou all rights reserved2. INFORMATIQUE -
114 office
office [ɔfis]masculine nouna. ( = tâche) office• remplir son office [appareil, loi] to serve its purposec. ( = bureau) officed. ( = messe) servicee. ( = pièce de rangement) pantry• avocat commis d'office ≈ legal-aid lawyer* * *ɔfis
1.
nom masculin1) ( rôle)remplir son office — [objet] to fulfil [BrE] its purpose, to do the job (colloq); [employé] to carry out one's duty
2) Administration, Droit ( charge) office4) ( salle) butlery
2.
d'office locution adverbialed'office — ( autoritairement) without consultation
commis or nommé d'office — [avocat, expert] appointed by the court (après n)
Phrasal Verbs:* * *ɔfis1. nm1) (= charge, fonction) officefaire office de [objet] — to serve as, [personne] to act as
2) (= agence) bureau3) RELIGION service2. nm ou nf(= pièce) pantry* * *A nm1 ( rôle) remplir son office [objet] to fulfilGB its purpose, to do the job○; [employé] to carry out one's duty; faire office de table to serve as a table; faire office d'interprète to act as an interpreter; ⇒ bon;4 ( salle) butlery.B d'office loc adv ( autorité) d'office without consultation; mesure appliquée d'office measure implemented without consultation; on m'a muté d'office aux archives I was transferred to records without being consulted; nos propositions ont été rejetées d'office our proposals were dismissed out of hand; commis or nommé d'office [avocat, expert] appointed by the court ( après n).office culturel combined arts centre and tourist information office; office ministériel office conferred for life by a public authority; office du tourisme tourist information office.[ɔfis] nom masculinfaire office de: qu'est-ce qui peut faire office de pièce d'identité? what could serve as proof of identity?pendant le voyage, j'ai dû faire office de cuisinier I had to act as cook during the tripaller à/manquer l'office to go to/to miss the church service4. COMMERCE [dans l'édition]————————[ɔfis] nom masculin & nom féminin[d'une cuisine] pantry————————offices nom masculin plurielgrâce aux bons offices de M. Prat/du gouvernement allemand thanks to Mr. Prat's good offices/to the good offices of the German government————————d'office locution adverbiale -
115 trop
trop [tʀo]1. adverb• beaucoup or bien trop [manger, fumer, parler] far too much• il a trop mangé/bu he has had too much to eat/drink• vous êtes trop (nombreux)/trop peu (nombreux) there are too many/too few of you• le village est trop loin pour qu'il puisse y aller à pied the village is too far for him to walk there• j'ai oublié mes papiers, c'est vraiment trop bête how stupid of me - I've forgotten my papers• c'est trop drôle ! it's too funny for words!• c'en est trop ! that's going too far!• j'ai acheté trop de pain/d'oranges I've bought too much bread/too many oranges• on peut le faire sans trop de risques/de mal it can be done without too much risk/difficulty• elle a trop de travail pour partir en week-end she has too much work to go away for the weekend► de trop, en trop• il y a une personne/deux personnes de trop or en trop dans l'ascenseur there's one person/there are two people too many in the lift• s'il y a du pain en trop, j'en emporterai if there's any bread left over I'll take some away• il m'a rendu 12 € de trop or en trop he gave me back 12 euros too much• si je suis de trop, je peux m'en aller ! if I'm in the way I can always leave!• tu manges/bois de trop (inf) you eat/drink too much2. masculine noun• le trop d'importance accordé à... the excessive importance attributed to...* * *tʀo
1.
1) ( indiquant un excès) ( modifiant un adjectif ou un adverbe) too; ( modifiant un verbe) too muchj'ai trop mangé/bu — I've had too much to eat/to drink
ça c'est trop fort! — (colloq) that's (just) too much!
ce serait trop beau! — I/you/we etc should be so lucky!
‘tu aimes la viande? ’ - ‘pas trop’ — ‘do you like meat?’ - ‘not terribly’ ou ‘not very much’
trop mignon — too sweet ou cute (colloq)
ça ne va pas trop mal, merci — not so bad, thanks
je n'en sais trop rien — (colloq) I don't really know
ça ne me dit trop rien — (colloq) I don't really feel like it
3) (colloq) ( incroyable)il est trop, lui! — he's too much! (colloq)
c'est trop, ça! — that's incredible!
2.
trop de déterminant indéfini1) ( avec nom dénombrable) too many2) ( avec nom non dénombrable) too much
3.
si tu as du tissu en trop tu peux faire un coussin — if you have some material left over, you can make a cushion
sa remarque était de trop — his/her remark was uncalled for
4.
par trop locution adverbiale = trop
••
trop adverbe modifiant un verbe se traduit par too much. Il se traduit par too lorsqu'il modifie un adjectif, un adverbe. Dans le cas d'expressions comme avoir soif/faim/chaud traduites par to be + adjectif, il se traduit par too: j'ai trop froid, je rentre = I'm too cold, I'm going hometrop de déterminant indéfini se traduit par too many lorsqu'il est suivi d'un nom dénombrable: trop de livres/d'idées = too many books/ideas, et par too much lorsqu'il est suivi d'un nom non dénombrable: trop de travail = too much workAttention, certains mots dénombrables français ne le sont pas en anglais et réciproquement: trop de meubles = too much furniture; trop de monde = too many people* * *tʀo adv1) (avec adjectif, adverbe) tooIl conduit trop vite. — He drives too fast.
trop longtemps — too long, for too long
2) (en nombre excessif) too many3) (en quantité excessive) too muchIl m'en a trop donné. — He gave me too much.
J'ai trop mangé. — I've eaten too much.
trop de (en nombre) — too many, (en quantité) too much
J'ai apporté trop de vêtements. — I've brought too many clothes.
J'ai acheté trop de pain. — I bought too much bread.
de trop; en trop; trois personnes de trop — 3 people too many
* * *trop ⇒ Note d'usage ⇒ Les quantitésA adv1 ( indiquant un excès) ( modifiant un adjectif ou un adverbe) too; ( modifiant un verbe) too much; trop difficile/court/tôt too difficult/short/early; une tâche trop difficile too difficult a task; une réaction trop vive too violent a reaction; trop longtemps too long; beaucoup or bien trop lourd/compliqué far ou much too heavy/complicated; j'ai trop mangé/bu I've had too much to eat/drink; elle aime trop son confort she likes her comfort too much; j'ai trop dormi I've slept too much; il fait trop chaud it's too hot; tu travailles trop you work too hard; ça c'est trop fort! that's (just) too much!; nous sommes trop nombreux there are too many of us; nous sommes trop peu nombreux there are too few of us; un écrivain trop peu connu an author who is sadly little known; 12 euros c'est trop peu 12 euros is too little; ce serait trop beau I'd/you'd/we'd be so lucky; c'est trop bête! how stupid!; trop enthousiaste overenthusiastic; un fromage trop fait an overripe cheese; on n'est jamais trop prudent you can't be too careful; j'ai parlé trop vite I spoke too soon; tu en as trop dit ( tais-toi) you've already said too much; elle en fait (un peu) trop she overdoes it (a bit); c'en est trop! that's the end!; elle a trop peur de tomber/se perdre she's too scared of falling/getting lost; trop peu de gens se rendent compte que too few people realize that; trop malade pour être transporté too ill to be moved; trop beau pour être vrai too good to be true; ‘tu aimes la viande?’-‘pas trop’ ‘do you like meat?’-‘not too much’; il ne faut pas trop s'y fier don't rely on it too much; ce n'est pas trop cher/tard it's not too expensive/late; nous ne serons pas trop de deux it'll take at least two of us; je ne le connais que trop I know him only too well; sans trop savoir si without really knowing if; faire qch sans trop y croire to do sth without really believing in it; j'ai trop à faire I've got too much to do; tu me demandes trop you're expecting too much of me; ils sont trop dans la classe there are too many pupils in the class; c'est trop pour moi it's too much for me; trop c'est trop! enough is enough!; ⇒ étreindre;2 ( employé avec valeur de superlatif) trop gentil too kind; trop mignon too sweet ou cute○; c'était trop drôle it was so funny; vous êtes trop aimable you're too kind; tu es trop bonne pour moi you're too good for me; il est trop sympa○ he's so nice; elle n'est pas trop contente she's none too happy; ça ne va pas trop mal, merci not so bad, thanks; je n'en sais trop rien I don't really know; ça ne me dit trop rien I don't really feel like it;B trop de dét indéf1 ( avec nom dénombrable) too many; il y a trop d'accidents there are too many accidents; sans trop de problèmes without too much difficulty; trop de fruits too much fruit; il y a trop de choses à faire there's too much to do;2 ( avec nom non dénombrable) too much; trop de pression/d'importance too much pressure/importance; prends du pain, j'en ai trop take some bread, I've got too much; sans trop d'espoir/de mal without too much hope/trouble; trop de monde too many people.C de trop, en trop loc adv trois tomates en or de trop three tomatoes too many; il y a une assiette en trop there's one plate too many; j'ai dix kilos de bagages en trop my luggage is ten kilos over; j'ai quelques kilos en trop I'm a few kilos overweight; perdez vos kilos en trop lose those extra kilos; si tu as du tissu en trop tu peux faire un coussin if you have some material left over, you can make a cushion; il y a 12 euros de trop there's 12 euros too much; sa remarque était de trop his remark was uncalled for; être /se sentir de trop to be/to feel one is in the way; je suis parti, je me sentais de trop I left, I felt (as if) I was in the way; il faut le dire si je suis de trop! iron do tell me if I'm in the way, won't you?; deux jours ne seraient pas de trop pour finir it'll take a good two days to finish.D par trop loc adv = trop.[tro] adverbeet en plus, c'est moi qui paye, c'est trop fort! and what's more I'm the one who's paying, it really is too much![en corrélation avec 'pour']il a trop tardé à répondre pour qu'elle lui écrive encore he has taken too long in replying for her to write to him again2. [emploi nominal]prends la dernière part — non, c'est trop have the last slice — no, it's too muchc'est trop!, c'en est trop! that's it!, I've had enough!je sors, trop c'est trop I'm leaving, I've had enough!3. [très, beaucoup] sovous êtes trop aimable how very kind of you, you're very ou too kind[dans des phrases négatives]je ne le connais pas trop I don't know him very ou that well————————de trop locution adverbialeje suis de trop, peut-être? are you telling me I'm in the way ou not wanted?deux jours ne seront pas de trop pour tout terminer two days should just about be enough to finish everything————————en trop locution adverbialeil y a un verre en trop there's a ou one glass too many————————par trop locution adverbiale————————trop de locution déterminante1. [suivi d'un nom non comptable] too much[suivi d'un nom comptable] too manynous ne serons pas trop de cinq pour soulever le piano it'll take at least five of us to lift the piano[en corrélation avec 'pour']le trop d'énergie des enfants the children's excess ou surplus energy2. (locution)a. [travailler] to overdo thingsb. [pour plaire] to overdo it -
116 KOMA
* * *I)(kem; kom or kvam, kómum or kvamúm; kominn), v.1) to come (litlu síðarr kómu Finnar aptr heim);2) to come, arrive (bréf kómu frá Skúla jarli);kom svá, at (it came to pass, that) Bárði var heitit meyjunni;3) with dat. of the object, to make to come, to take, bring, carry, etc.;hann skyldi koma Þór í Geirröðargarða, he should make Th. come to G.;hann kom Þórhaddi heilum yfir ána, he brought Th. safe across the river;koma e-m í hel, to put one to death;koma e-m til falls, to make one fall;koma e-m í sætt við e-n, to reconcile one with another;koma sér vel hjá e-m, to bring oneself into favour with, be agreeable to (þeir kómu sér vel við alla);koma e-u til leiðar (til vegar), to effect, bring about;koma orðum við e-n, to speak with a person (hann gørði sik svá reiðan, at ekki mátti orðum við hann koma);4) with preps.:koma e-u af sér, to get rid of (allt mun ek til vinna at koma af mér yðvarri reiði);koma e-u af, to abolish (Þvi hafði eigi orðit af komitmeði öllu);koma at e-m, to come upon one (kómu þessir at honum fyrir Sjólandi með tveim skipum);koma at hendi, to happen (mikill vandi er kominn at hendi);impers., Gunnarr játaði því, en þá er at kom, vildi hann eigi, G. agreed to it, but when it came to the point he would not;koma at e-u, to come at, regain, recover (koma at hamri);koma sér at e-u, to bring oneself to (Þ. kom sér ekki at því);koma á e-t, to come on, hit (höggit kom á lærit);koma e-u á, to bring about, effect (máttu þeir øngum flutningum á koma);koma kristni (dat.) á England, to christianize E.;koma fram, to come forth, appear, emerge (sigldi E. suðr með landi ok kom fram í Danmörk); to be produced, brought forward (nú mun pat fram koma sem ek sagða);koma e-u fram, to bring about, effect (koma fram hefndum);koma fyrir e-t, to be an equivalent for (fyrir víg Hjartar skyldi koma víg Kols);allt mun koma fyrir eitt, it will all come to the same;koma fyrir ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail;e-m þykkir fyrir ván komit, at, one thinks it past all hope, that;koma e-u fyrir, to destroy (hann kom hverjum hesti fyrir);koma í e-t, to come into, enter;mál koma í dóm, suits are brought up for judgement;koma niðr, to come down;hann reyndi eptir, hvar G. væri niðr kominn, what had become of G.;kom þar niðr tal hennar, at hon sagði honum, hversu, the end of her talk was, that she told him how koma;koma hart niðr, to pay dearly for it (ek hafða illa til gört, enda kom ek hart niðr);koma saman, to come together, gather (er saman kom liðit); to agree;þat kom saman (or ásamt) með þeim, they agreed on it;impers., kom þeim vel saman (ásamt), they agreed well;koma e-u saman, to bring about, effect;koma saman sættum með e-m, to reconcile them;koma til e-s, to come to a person or place (jarlinn kom með allan her sinn til Dyflinnar);koma till ríkis, to come to, or succeed to, the throne;koma til e-s, to cause: þat kemr til þess, at, the reason is, that; to help, avail: koma til lítils, to come to little, be of small avail (= koma fyrir lítit); to concern: þetta mál kemr ekki til þín, this quarrel is no business of thine; þat er til mín kemr, so far as I am concerned; to mean, signify (Þ. kvezk skilja, hvar orð hans kómu til); to be of value: sverð þat, er til kom mörk gulls, that was worth a ‘mark’ of gold; mikit þykkir til e-s koma, one is much thought of, is thought to be of great importance;koma til, to be born;koma e-m undan, to help one to escape;koma undir e-n, to come unto one;ef undir oss skal koma kjörit, if we are to choose;koma e-m undir, to get one down, overcome one;koma upp, to come up;tungl kemr upp, the moon rises;eldr kom upp, fire broke out;kom þá upp af tali þeirra, at, the end of their talk was, that; to come out, become known (kom þat þá upp, at hann hafði beðit hennar);koma e-u upp, to open (kerling tekr hörpuna ok vildi upp koma);hann mátti lengi eigi orði upp koma, it was long before he could utter a word;koma við e-t, to touch (komit var við hurðina);þeir kómu við sker, they struck on a reef;hann kemr við margar sögur, he appears in many sagas; to be added to (koma þær nætr við hinar fyrri);koma við, to fit, be convenient, suit;koma e-u við, to employ, make use of (ek mátta eigi boganum við koma); hann kom því við (he brought about), at engi skyldi fara með vápn; urðu þeir at flýja sem því kómu við, all fled that could;koma sér við, to bring about, effect, be able to do (ek mun veita þér slíkt lið sem ek má mér við koma); to behave (hversu hann kom sér við í þessum málum);koma yfir, to pass over (hvert kveld, er yfir kom);5) refl., komast;* * *pres. sing. kem, kemr, kemr; an older form komr is used constantly in very old and good vellum MSS., as the Kb. of Sæm.; and even spelt keomr or ceomr (in Eluc., Greg., etc.); reflex. komsk, 2nd pers. kømztu ( pervenis), Sdm. 10: pret. kom, kom-k, I came, Skm. 18: 2nd pers. komt, 17, mod. komst: the pret. plur. varies, kvámu being the oldest form; kvómu, often in the MSS.; kómu, as it is still pronounced in the west of Icel.; the usual and latest form is komu, with a short vowel; the spelling of the MSS. cannot always be ascertained, as the word is usually written kumu or qumu: pret. subj. kvæmi and kꝍmi (kæmi): imperat. kom, kom-ðú, proncd, kondu, come thou! pret. infin. kómu ( venisse), Fms. i. 224 (in a verse), Geisli 62:—with suff. neg., pres. kmr-at or kømr-að, Akv. 11, Grág. ii. 141, Gkv. 3. 8; pret. kom-a, kom-að, came not, Ls. 56, Þorf. Karl. (in a verse), Þd. 18; 2nd pers. komtaðu ( non venisti), Am. 99; subj. kømi-a ( non veniret), Gs. 10: reflex., pres. kømsk-at, Grág. ii. 180; pret. komsk-at ( could not come), Am. 3:—a middle form, pres. 1st pers. komum-k (komumsk), Ó. H. 140, 214, Skm. 10, 11; subj. pres. komimk, Ó. H. 85; pret. kømomc, Hbl. 33 (Bugge); part. pass. kominn, see Gramm. p. xix. The preterite forms kvam and kvaminn, used in the Edition of the Sturl. and in a few other mod. Editions without warrant in the MSS., are due to the fact that the Edition of Sturl. was published from a transcript now in the Advocates’ Library in Edinburgh, made by the learned priest Eyjolf á Völlum (died A. D. 1745), who used this spelling: in prehistoric times, before the age of writing, it may be assumed for certain that this verb had a v throughout, as in Gothic: [Ulf. qiman, i. e. qwiman, = ἔρχεσθαι; A. S. cuman; Engl. come; O. H. G. queman; Germ. kommen; Dutch komen; Dan. komme; Swed. komma; Lat. venio, qs. gvenio; the Ormul. spells cumenn, indicating a long root vowel; cp. North. E. coom.]A. To come; sá þeirra sem fyrr kæmi, Fms. ix. 373; konungr kom norðr til Túnsbergs, 375; kómu Finnar heim, i. 9; þeir mágar kómu ór hjúkólfi, Sturl. ii. 124; kömr hann á konungs fund, Fms. ix. 221; þá vóru þeir norðan komnir, 308; hér er nú komin ær ein kollótt, Sturl. i. 159, passim.2. to become, arrive; bréf kómu frá Skúla jarli, Fms. ix. 375; ef svá síðarliga kömr skip til hlunns, Sks. 28; en er vár kom, Eg. 167; koma at máli við e-n, to have an interview, talk with one, 467; konungi kom njósn, Fms. vii. 57; þá komu honum þau tíðendi, i. 37; þetta kom allt fyrir Ingimar, vii. 114; kom honum þat (it came to him, he got it) fyrir útan fé, en engum kom fyrr, x. 394; hvat sem á bak kemr, whatsoever may befall, Nj. 193; koma e-m at haldi, or í hald, to avail oneself, 192, Fms. x. 413; koma at gagni, to ‘come in useful,’ be of use, Nj. 264; koma at úvörum, to come at unawares, Ld. 132; koma e-m fyrir úvart, id., Fms. xi. 290; koma á úvart, Nj. 236; koma í þörf = koma í gagn, Fms. vii. 14; hvar kom kapp þitt þá? Bs. i. 18; mál koma í dóm, to be brought up for judgment, Fms. vii. 115; líðr vetrinn, kemr þar ( that time comes) er menn fara til Gulaþings, Eg. 340; var þá svá komit, at allir menn vóru sofa farnir, 376; kom svá ( it came to pass) at Bárði var heitið meyjunni, 26; svá kemr, kemr þar, at, it comes to pass. Fb. i. 174, ii. 48, 68; láta koma, to let come, put; síðan létu þeir koma eld í spánuna, Fms. xi. 34.3. in greeting; kom heill, welcome! kom heill ok sæll, frændi! Nj. 175: mod. komdu (kondu) sæll! komið þér sælir!II. with prepp.; koma á, to hit; ef á kömr, Grág. ii. 7:—koma at, to come to, arrive, happen; láttu at því koma, let it be so, Dropl. 24; kom þat mjök optliga at honum, of sickness, Fms. vii. 150; kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, sleep came upon them, Nj. 104; koma at hendi, to happen; mikill vandi er kominn at hendi, 177, Hom. 80; koma at e-u, to come at, regain, recover; koma at hamri, Þkv. 32:—koma fram, to come forth, appear, stund var í milli er þeir sá framstafninn ok inn eptri kom fram, Fms. ii. 304; engin kom önnur vistin fram, Eg. 549; nú eru öll sóknar-gögn fram komin, Nj. 143: to emerge, hann kom fram í Danmörk, Hkr. i. 210, 277, Ísl. ii. 232, Eg. 23, Landn. 134, Orkn. 152: to arrive, sendimenn fóru ok fram kómu, Fms. xi. 27; reifa mál þau fyrst er fyrst eru fram komin, each in its turn, Grág. i. 64: to be fulfilled, happen, því er á þínum dögum mun fram koma, Ld. 132; nú mun þat fram komit sem ek sagða, Eg. 283; kom nú fram spásagan Gests, Ld. 286; öll þessi merki kómu fram ok fylldusk, Stj. 444; aldrei skal maðr arf taka eptir þann mann er hann vegr, eðr ræðr bana fram kominn, whom he has slain, or whose death he has devised with effect, Grág. ii. 113; staðar-prýði flest fram komin, Bs. i. 146; vera langt fram kominn, mod. áfram kominn, to be ‘in extremis,’ at the point of death, 644; er sú frásögn eigi langt fram komin, this story comes from not far off, i. e. it is derived from first, not second hand, Fms. viii. 5:—koma fyrir, to come as payment, tvau hundrað skyldu koma fyrir víg Snorra (of weregild), Sturl. ii. 158; henni kvaðsk aldri hefnt þykkja Kjartans, nema Bolli kæmi fyrir, Ld. 240; allt mun koma fyrir eitt, it will come to the same, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma fyrir ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215, Fms. vi. 5:—koma í, to enter, come in, a fisherman’s term; koma í drátt, to hook a fish; at í komi með ykkr Þorbrandssonum, that ye and the Th. come to loggerheads, Eb. 80:—koma með, to come with a thing, to bring; kondu með það, fetch it!—koma til, to come to; vera kann at eigi spillisk þótt ek koma til, Eg. 506; nú er rétt lögruðning til ykkar komin, Nj. 236; koma til ríkis, to come to a kingdom, Eg. 268; þeir létu til hans koma um alla héraðs-stjórn, Fs. 44: to befall, kom svá til efnis, it so happened, Mar.; þeim hlutum sem hafinu kunni opt til at koma, Stj. 105, Sks. 323: to mean, signify, en hvar kom þat til er hann sagði, Ó. H. 87; ef þat kom til annars, en þess er hann mælti, id.: to cause, hygg ek at meir komi þar til lítilmennska, Eb. 172; konungr spurði hvat til bæri úgleði hans, hann kvað koma til mislyndi sína, Fms. vi. 355, Fb. ii. 80, Band. 29 new Ed.: to concern, þetta mál er eigi kom síðr til yðvar en vár, Fms. vii. 130; þetta mál kemr ekki til þín, Nj. 227; þat er kemr til Knúts, Fms. v. 24; þat er til mín kemr, so far as I am concerned, iv. 194; hann kvað þetta mál ekki til sín koma, vi. 100; þeir eru orðmargir ok láta hvervetna til sín koma, meddle in all things, 655 xi. 2: to belong to, skulu þeir gjalda hinum slíka jörð sem til þeirra kemr, proportionally, Jb. 195; kemr þat til vár er lögin kunnum, Nj. 149; sú sök er tylptar-kviðr kömr til, Grág. i. 20; tylptar-kviðar á jafnan á þingi at kveðja, þar sem hann kömr til saka, ii. 37; þá er komit til þessa gjalds ( it is due), er menn koma í akkeris-sát, 408: to help, avail, koma til lítils, to come to little, be of small avail, Nj. 149, Fms. vi. 211; at göra litla fésekt, veit ek eigi hvat til annars kemr, I am not aware what else will do, I believe that will meet the case best, Band. 36 new Ed.; koma til, to ‘come to,’ of a person in a swoon, etc.; veit ek eigi til hvers koma mun sú tiltekja Fb. i. 177, Fms. xi. 103; hvar til þessi svör skulu koma, i. 3; það kemr til, it will all come right; kom þar til með kóngum tveim, two kings came to a quarrel, Skíða R. 48: to be of value, importance, authority, þótti allt meira til hans koma, Fas. i. 16; hvart sem til hans kæmi meira eðr minna, Fms. xi. 76; sverð þat er til kom hálf mörk gulls, Ld. 32; svá fémikill at til kómu tuttugu merkr gulls, Fms. xi. 85; mér þykir lítið til hans koma, I think little of him:—koma saman, to come together, live together, marry, K. Á. 134: to agree, þat kom saman með þeim, they agreed on it, Dropl. 9, Gísl. 41; kom þat ásamt með þeim, id., Fb. i. 168; koma vel ásamt, to agree well, Nj. 25:—koma undir e-n, to come unto one, ef undir oss bræðr skal koma kjörit, if we are to choose, Nj. 192; öll lögmæt skil þau er undir mik koma á þessu þingi, 239: to depend on, það er mikit undir komið, at …, be of importance:—koma upp, to come up, break out; kom þá upp grátr fyrir henni, she burst into tears, Fms. ix. 477; er lúðrar kvæði við, ok herblástr kæmi upp, v. 74; er seiðlætin kómu upp, Ld. 152; eldr kom upp, fire came up, Ölk. 35, (hence elds-uppkoma, an upcome of fire, an eruption); ef nokkut kemr síðan sannara upp, Fms. vii. 121: þá kom þat upp at hann hafði beðit hennar, Eg. 587; kom þat upp af tali þeirra, at …, Fms. vii. 282; þat kom upp ( it ended so) at hverr skyldi vera vin annars, i. 58: to turn up, ek ætla mér góðan kost hvárn sem upp kemr, Eg. 715; mun nú hamingjan skipta hverr upp kemr, 418; at sakar görðisk eða upp kæmi, Grág. i. 27; skaut til Guðs sínu máli, ok bað hann láta þat upp koma er hann sæi at bazt gegni, Ó. H. 195, Stj. 385:—koma við, to touch, hit; sé eigi komið við, if it is not touched, Grág. ii. 65; komit var við hurðina, Fas. i. 30; at þeir skyldi koma við torfuna, Ld. 60; hefi ek aldrei svá reitt vápn at manni, at eigi hafi við komit, Nj. 185; hann kemr við margar sögur, he comes up, appears in many Sagas, Ld. 334; koma þeir allir við þessa sögu síðan, Nj. 30; sem ek kom við (as I mentioned, touched upon) í morgin, Fms. ii. 142; er mestr er, ok úskapligast komi við, Ld. 118: to fit, þat kemr lítt við, ‘tis not meet, it won’t do, Lv. 20; mun ek gefa þér tveggja dægra byr þann er bezt kemr við, Fas. iii. 619: koma við, to land, call; þeir vóru komnir við Ísland, Eg. 128; þeir kómu við Hernar, Nj. 4; þeir kómu suðr við Katanes, 127; þeir kómu við sker ( struck on a skerry) ok brutu stýri sín, Fms. ix. 164; hann hafði komit við hval, he had struck against a whale, Sturl. ii. 164; hence in mod. usage, koma við, to call, make a short stay, also on land: to be added to, tekr heldr at grána gamanit ok koma kveðlingar við, i. 21; koma þær nætr við inar fyrri, Rb. 58; þá koma enn ellefu nætr við, 22:—koma yfir, to overcome, pass over; íss er yfir kömr, Hm. 81; hvert kveld er yfir kom, Finnb. 230; hryggleikr kom yfir, 623. 57; at sá dagr myndi ekki yfir koma, Sks. 111.B. With the dat. of the object, to make to come, put, bring, carry; páfa þess, er Kristni (dat.) kom á England, who Christianised England, Íb. 14; koma mönnum til réttrar trúar, Fms. i. 146; koma orðum við e-n, to speak to a person; görðisk hann styggr svá at fáir menn máttu orðum við hann koma, i. e. that no one could come to words with him, Eg. 3; hann görði sik svá reiðan, at ekki mátti orðum við hann koma, Fms. i. 83, xi. 293; koma vélræðum við e-n, to plan against one, Eg. 49; koma flugu í munn e-m, Nj. 64, 68; þú skalt ekki láta í skorta at koma þeim í (málit) með þér, 271; hann skyldi koma Þór í Geirröðar-garða, make Thor come to G., Edda 60; hann kom Þorhaddi heilum yfir ána, he brought Th. safe across the river, Þorst. Síðu H. 181; koma kaupi, to bring about a bargain, Gþl. 415; koma e-m í hel, to put one to death, Anal. 233; koma e-m til falls, to make one fall, Edda 34; koma e-m í sætt, Fs. 9; mun ek koma þér í sætt við konung, Eg. 227; hann kom sér í mikla kærleika við jarlinn, Nj. 268; koma sér í þjónustu, Fs. 84; koma sér vel, to put oneself in favour, be engaging; ek hefi komit mér vel hjá meyjum, Kormak; þeir komu sér vel við alla, Fas. iii. 529, Fs. 96, Nj. 66; koma sér ílla, to make oneself hated; það kemr sér ílla, it is ill seen, unpleasant; as also, það kemr sér vel, a thing is agreeable, acceptable; koma e-u til leiðar, to effect, make, Nj. 250, Eb. 118; koma e-u til vegar, id., Ld. 320; koma tölu á, to put, count on, count, number, Anal. 217; koma friði, sættum á, to bring peace, agreement about: hann kom þeim á flótta, he put them to flight, Fms. vii. 235; tóku þar allt er þeir kómu höndum á, all they could catch, ix. 473; koma e-m ór eldi, Fb. i. 300; tók hann merkit ok kom því (put it, hid it) í millum klæða sinna, Nj. 274: Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, 115; allt þat er bitið var ok blóði kom út á, where it was bitten so as to make blood flow, Fms. vii. 187.II. with prepp.; koma e-u fram, to effect; koma fram ferð, máli, Nj. 102; til lítils þætti þat koma, en enginn kvæmi sínu máli fram þótt til alþingis væri stefnt, 149, Fb. ii. 90; þat skal aldri verða at hann komi þessu fram, Eg. 765; ef ek kem hefndum fram, Ld. 262; koma fram lögum við e-n. Eg. 722:—koma e-u á, to bring about, introduce:—koma e-u af, to abolish; þó fékk hann því ekki af komit, Bs. i. 165; koma e-u af sér, to get rid of, Fs. 96, Eb. 40, 41:—koma e-u fyrir, to arrange; koma e-m fyrir, to get a place for one; hann kom honum fyrir í skóla: to destroy (fyrir-koma), hann kom hverjum hesti fyrir, Glúm. 356:—koma e-u upp, to open; áðr ek kom henni upp, before I could open it, Fms. iii. 74; kerling tekr hörpuna ok vildi upp koma ( open), nú fær hón upp komit hörpunni, Fas. i. 233; hann mátti lengi eigi orði upp koma fyrir harmi, it was long before he could speak, utter a word, Fms. vi. 234; sá svarar er mátti máli upp koma, vii. 288:—koma e-m undir, to overthrow one, get one down; varð at kenna afls-munar áðr hann kæmi honum undir, Eb. 172:—koma e-m undan, to make one escape. Fms. vii. 265, 623. 18:—ek ætla at koma mér útan, I think to go abroad, Nj. 261:—koma e-u við, to bring about, effect, to be able to do; ek mun veita þér slíkt sem ek má mér við koma, as I can, Nj.; þú munt öðru koma við en gabba oss, Anal. 77; hann kom því við ( brought about) at engi skyldi fara með vápn, Fms. vii. 240; ef váttum kvæmi við, in a case where witnesses were at hand, Íb. 12; liðit flýði allt þat er því kom við, all that could fled, Eg. 529; Guðmundr hafði almanna-lof hversu hann kom sér við ( how he behaved) þessum málum, Nj. 251; komi þeir til er því koma við, who can, Gþl. 371; menn skyldi tala hljótt ef því kæmi við, Sturl. iii. 147; ef því kemr við, if it is possible, Gþl. 429; urðu þeir at flýja sem því kómu við, Fb. ii. 187; ekki mun oss þetta duga, at hann komi boganum við, Nj. 96.C. Reflex. komask, to come to the end, get through, reach, Lat. pervenire; the difference between the active and reflex. is seen from such phrases as, hann kemr ef hann kemst, he will come if he can; or, eg komst ekki á stað, I could not get off; eg komst ekki fyrir íllviðri, I could not come for bad weather; or, to come into a certain state, with the notion of chance, hap, komask í lífs háska, to come into danger of life; komask í skipreika, to be shipwrecked, and the like; Þorfinnr kom öngu hljóði í lúðrinn, ok komsk eigi upp blástrinn, Fms. ix. 30; komask á fætr, to get on one’s legs, Eg. 748; hann komsk við svá búit í ríki sitt, Hkr. i. 76; meina honum vötn eða veðr svá at hann má ekki komask til þess staðar, Grág. i. 496; hann komsk með sundi til lands, Eg. 261; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit fyrir þeim, Nj. 27; ef Gunnarr færi eigi utan ok mætti hann komask, 111; ef maðr byrgir mann inni í húsi, svá at hann má eigi út komask, so that he cannot get out, Grág. ii. 110; en allt fólk flýði með allt lausa-fé er með fékk komisk, with all the property they could carry with them, Fms. i. 153; ek komumk vel annar-staðar út, þótt hér gangi eigi, Nj. 202; komask á milli manna, to get oneself among people, intrude oneself, 168; komsk hann í mestu kærleika við konung, Eg. 12; komask at orði, to come by a word, to express oneself; einsog hann að orði komsk, passim.II. with prepp.; komast á, to get into use; það komst á:—komask af, to get off, escape, save one’s life; hann bað menn duga svá at af kæmisk skipit, Fms. x. 98; tveir druknuðu, en hinir kómusk af:—komask at e-u, to get at a thing, procure; mörgum manns-öldrum síðarr komsk at bók þeirri Theodosius, Niðrst. 10; Hrani gat komisk at trúnaði margra ríkra manna, Fms. iv. 62; þú hefir at þessum peningum vel komisk, ‘tis money well gotten, i. 256; eigi skaltú ílla at komask, thou shall not get it unfairly, vii. 124:—komast eptir, to enquire into, get information of:—komask fyrir, to prevent, come in another’s way:—koma hjá e-u, to evade, pass by, escape doing:—komast til e-s, to come towards, and metaph. to have time for a thing, ek komst ekki til þess, I have no time; eg komst ekki til að fara:—komask undan, to escape; allt þat lið er undan komsk, Eg. 261; ekki manns barn komsk undan, Fms. xi. 387; komask undan á flótta, Eg. 11:—komask við, to be able; komusk þeir ekki í fyrstu við atlöguna, Fms. vii. 264; ef hann vill refsa údáða-mönnum, ok má þó við komask, N. G. L. i. 123; brenn allt ok bæl, sem þú mátt við komask, Fær. 64; ef ek viðr of kœmimk, Hbl. 33; þá er ek komumk við, Eg. 319; komask við veðri, to get abroad, Rd. 252; hann lét þat ekki við veðri komask, Fms. vii. 165: to be touched (við-kvæmni), hann komsk við mjök ok felldi tár, iii. 57; eða hann komisk við ( repent) ok hverfi aptr at íllsku sinni, Greg. 41; þá komsk mjök við inn válaði, svá at hann matti eigi lengi orði upp koma fyrir harmi, Fms. vi. 234; þá komsk hón við ákaflega mjök, Clem. 32; með við komnu hjarta, with a touched heart, Bs. i. 561, Karl. 166:—komask yfir e-t, to overcome, get hold of; er hann komsk yfir fét, Bárð. 175.D. Part. kominn, in special phrases; inn komni maðr, a new comer, stranger, Gullþ. 47; at kominn, arrived; hinn aðkomni maðr, a guest; at kominn, just come to, on the brink of; kominn at andláti, at dauða, to be at the last gasp; var at komit, at …, it was on the point of happening, that …, Str. 8; vóru þeir mjök at komnir ( much exhausted) svá magrir vóru þeir, Fas. iii. 571:—heill kominn, hail! Blas. 42; vel kominn, welcome! vertu vel kominn! ver með oss vel kominn, Þiðr. 319, Fs. 158; hann bað þá vera vel komna, passim; so also, það er vel komið, ‘it is welcome,’ i. e. with great pleasure, granting a favour:—placed, ertu maðr sannorðr ok kominn nær frétt, Nj. 175; Pétri var svá nær komit, P. was so closely pursued, Fms. ix. 48; ok nú eigi allfjarri yðr komit, xi. 123; svá vel er sá uppsát komin, at …, ix. 368: situated, hann (the hospital) er kominn á fjall upp, is situated on a fell, Symb. 18; útsker þat er komit af þjóðleið, Eg. 369: metaph., vel, ílla kominn, well placed, in good, bad estate; ek þykjumk hér vel kominn; hann var vel til náms kominn, he was in a good place for learning, Bs. i. 153; þat fé er ílla komit er fólgit er í jörðu, Grett. 39 new Ed.; mér þykkir son minn hvergi betr kominn, methinks my son is nowhere better off, in better hands, Fms. vi. 5; lítt ertú nú kominn, Njarð. 376; þykkjumk ek hér vel kominn með þér, Nj. 258:—kominn af, or frá e-m, come of, descended from, Landn., Eb., passim:—kominn á sik vel, in a good state, accomplished, Orkn. 202; hverjum manni betr á sik kominn, Ld. 110; kominn á sik manna bezt, Ísl. ii. 203: vera á legg kominn, to be grown up, Fms. xi. 186; vera svá aldrs kominn, to be of such an age, Fs. 4, 13, Sturl. iii. 100, Fms. xi. 56; hér er allvel á komit, it suits well enough, Bs. i. 531: hann sagði henni hvar þá var komit, how matters stood, Nj. 271, Fms. ii. 152; hann undi vel við þar sem komit var, as it stood, in statu quo, Nj. 22; Sveinn segir honum sem komit var þessu máli, Fms. ii. 159; at svá komnu, as matters stand, Bs. i. 317; málum várum er komit í únýtt efni, Nj. 164, 190:—vera kominn til e-s, to be entitled to, have due to one; ef hann fengi þat er hann var eigi til kominn, Fms. x. 7; þeir er til einskis eru komnir, ix. 248; fá þeir margir af yðr sæmd mikla er til minna eru komnir, en hann, Eg. 111; þeim til sæmdar er til þess er kominn, Sks. 311, rétt komnir til konungdóms, rétt kominn til Noregs, right heir to the kingdom, to Norway, Fms. ix. 332; lézk Sigvaldi nú kominn til ráða við Astríði, xi. 104: fit for, entitled to, hann þótti vel til kominn at vera konungr yfir Danmörk, i. 65: shapen, þetta mál er svá til komit, vii. 130; sagðisk hann eigi verr til manns kominn en Sturla bróðir hans, Sturl.; eigi þóttusk þeir til minna vera komnir fyrir ættar sakir, entitled to less, Eb. 17.II. part. pres. komandi, a new comer, stranger, Fbr. 168, Stj. 525: one to come, future generations, verandum ok viðr-komendum, N. G. L. i. 121; allir menn verandi ok eptir-komandi, D. I. i. 3; komendr, pl. guests, comers. -
117 TAKA
* * *I)(tek; tók, tókum; tekinn), v.1) to take, catch, seize (tóku þeir laxinn ok otrinn ok báru með sér);G. tók inni vinstri hendi spjótit á lopti, G. caught the spear with his left hand;man hón taka fé okkart allt með ráni, she will take all our goods by force;taka e-n höndum, to seize one, take captive;tökum vápn vár, let us take to our weapons;2) fig., taka trú, to take the faith, become a Christian;taka skírn, to be baptized;taka hvíld, to take a rest;taka flótta, to take to flight;taka rœðu, umrœðu, to begin a parley;taka ráð, to take a counsel (= taka til ráðs);taka e-n orðum, to address one;taka sættir or sættum, to accept terms;taka þenna kost, to take this choice;taka stefnu, to fix a meeting;taka boði, to accept an offer;taka sótt, to be taken ill;taka úgleði, to get out of spirits;taka andviðri, to meet with contrary winds;taka konung, to take, elect a king;taka konu, to take a wife;taka úkunna stigu, to take to unknown ways;taka e-n or e-m vel, to receive one well;taka e-t þvert, to take a thing crossly, deny flatly;taka upp höndum, to raise the hands;3) to reach, stretch forth, touch;fremri hyrnan tók viðbeinit, the upper horn caught the collar bone;því at ek tek eigi heim í kveld, for I shall not reach home to-night;hárit tók ofan á belti, the hair came down to her waist;4) to reach and take harbour (þeir tóku land á Melrakka-sléttu);5) to take, hold, of a vessel (ketill, er tók tvær tunnur);6) to be equivalent to, be worth (hringrinn tók tólf hundruð mórend);7) with infin., to begin (hann tók at yrkja, þegar er hann var ungr);nú taka öll húsin at lóga, now the whole house began to blaze;impers., þá tók at lægja veðrit, then the wind began to fall;8) to touch, regard, concern (þat allt, sem leikmenn tekr);9) to catch (up), come up with (hann var allra manna fóthvatastr, svá at engi hestr tók hann á rás);10) to start, rush (Eirikr tók út or stofunni, en konungr bað menn hlaupa eptir honum);taka á rás, taka frá, to take to running, run away (svá illt sem nú er frá at taka, þá mun þó síðarr verra);11) impers. it is taken;þá tók af veðrit (acc.) then the storm abated;kom á fótinn, svá at af tók, the stroke came on his leg, so that it was cut off;sýnina tekr frá e-m, one becomes blind;tók út skip Þangbrands, Th.’s ship drifted out;um várit er sumarhita tók, when the summer heat set in;12) with preps, and advs., taka e-n af lífi, lífdögum, taka e-n af, to take one’s life, put to death;taka e-n af nafni ok veldi, to deprive one of his title and power;taka af hesti, to take (the saddle) off a horse;taka e-t af e-m, to take a thing from one, deprive one of (er vér tókum seglit af honum, þá grét hann);taka af sér ópit, to cease weeping;taka e-t af e-m, to get frotn one (tekr hann af öllu fólki mikil lof);taka mikinn (mikil), lítinn (lítil) af e-u, to make (say) much, little of;hón tók lítil af öllu, she said little about it, took it coldly;øngan tek ek af um liðveizlu við þik, I will not pledge myself as to helping thee;taka e-t af, to choose, take;G. bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir engi af taka, G. made thee good offers, but thou wouldst take none of them;fara sem fœtr mega af taka, at the top of one’s speed;hann sigldi suðr sem af tók, as fast as possible;to abolish, do away with (lagði á þat allan hug al taka af heiðni ok fornar venjur);taka e-t aptr, to take back, render void (taka aptr þat, er ek gef); to recall (taka aptr orð, heil sín);taka á e-u, to touch (hón tók á augum hans);taka vel, auðvelliga, lítt, illa á e-u, to take (a thing) well, in good part, ill, in ill part (fluttu þeir þetta fyrir jarli, en hann tók vel á);taka e-t á sik, to take upon oneself (kvaðst heldr vilja taka þat á sik at gefa honum annát augat);tóku þeir á sik svefn mikinn, they fell fast asleep;taka arf eptir e-n, to inherit one;taka e-t eptir, to get in return;með því at þú gerir svá, sem ek býð þér, skaltu nökkut eptir taka, thou shalt have some reward;taka e-t frá e-m, to take a thing away from one (þeir tóku spjótin frá þeim ok báru út á ána);taka e-n frá e-u, to deprive one of (taka e-n frá landi, ríki);taka e-t fyrir e-t, to take in return for (hann keypti sveinana ok tók fyrir þá vesl gott ok slagning); to take for, look upon as (lökum vér þat allt fyrir satt; því tek ek þat fyrir gaman);taka fyrir e-t, to refuse (tók E. eigi fyrir útanferð at sumri);taka hendi í e-t, to thrust one’s hand into;taka í hönd e-m, to shake hands with one;taka í móti, to offer resistance (þeir brendu víða bygðina, en bœndr tóku ekki í móti);taka niðr, to pull down, demolish (taka niðr til grundvallar allt þat verk); to graze a little, = taka til jarðar (þeir láta nú taka niðr hesta sína);taka niðri, to touch (feel) the bottom;taka ofan, to take down (Högni tekr ofan atgeirinn); to pull down (hann hafði látil taka ofan skála sinn);taka í sundr, to cut asunder;impers., slœmdi sverðinu til hans, svá at í sundr tók manninn, so that the man was cleft asunder;taka til e-s, to take to (tóku þá margir til at níða hann);taka til máls (orðs, orða), to begin to speak;nú er þar til máls at taka, at, now we must take up the story at this point, that;taka til varnar, to begin the defence;taka til e-s, to have recourse to, resort to (taka e-t til ráðs, bragðs); to concern (þetta mál, er til konungs tók);láta e-t til sín taka, to let it concern oneself, meddle with (Gísli lét fátt til sín taka);taka e-n til e-s, to choose, elect (Ólafr var til konungs tekinn um allt land);absol., taka til, to begin (hann hélt allt austr um Svínasund, þá tók til vald Svíakonungs);taka e-t til, to take to, do;ef hann tekr nökkut illt til, if he takes to any ill;taka um e-t, to take hold of, grasp (nú skaltu taka um fót honum);taka e-t undan, to take away;impers., undan kúnni tók nyt alla, the cow ceased to give milk;taka undan, to run away, escape (B. tók undan með rás);taka undir e-t, to take hold under a thing;hann tók undir kverkina ok kyssti hana, he took her by the chin and kissed her;to undertake, take upon oneself;H. kvaðst ekki taka mundu undir vandræði þeira, H. said he would have nothing to do with their troubles;taka undir e-t með e-m, to back, help one in a thing (vil ek, at þér takit undir þetta mál með mér);þau tóku undir þetta léttiliga, they seconded it readily;hann tók seinliga undir, he was slow to answer;taka undir, to echo, resound (fjöllin tóku undir);taka e-t undir sik, to take on hand (Gizurr tók undir sik málit); to lay hold of (hann tekr undir sik eignir þær, er K. átti í Noregi);taka e-t upp, to pick up (S. tók upp hanzka sinn);taka upp fé fyrir e-m, to seize on, confiscate;taka upp borð, to set up the tables before a meal, but also to remove them after a meal;taka upp bygð sína, to remove one’s abode;hón tekr mart þat upp, er fjarri er mínum vilja, she takes much in hand that is far from my will;drykk ok vistir, svá sem skipit tók upp, as the ship could take;taka upp ný goðorð, to establish new priesthoods;taka upp verknað, to take up work;taka upp stœrð, to take to pride;taka upp sök, to take up a case;taka upp draum, to interpret a dream;taka e-t upp, to choose (seg nú skjótt, hvern kost þú vill upp taka);absol., taka upp, to extend, rise (rekkjustokkr tekr upp á millum rúma okkarra);taka út, to run out (E. tók út ór stofunni);taka við e-u, to receive (A. hafði tekit við föðurarf sínum);taka vel við e-m, to receive one well, give one a hearty welcome;taka við trú, to take the faith;þeir tóku vel við, they made a bold resistance;tók við hvárr af öðrum, one took up where the other left off;taka yfir e-t, to extend over (hann skal eignast af Englandi þat, sem uxahúð tekr yfir);impers. to come to an end, succeed (kveðst nú vænta, at nú mundi yfir taka);þeir munu allt til vinna at yfir taki við oss, to get the better of us;13) refl., takast;f.1) taking, capture, of a fortress, prisoner;2) taking, seizing, of property;* * *pres. tek, tekr; tökum, takit, taka; pret. tók, tókt (tókst), tók, pl. tóku; subj. tæki (tœki); imperat. tak, taktú; part. tekinn: with neg. suff. tek’k-at ek, I take not, Kristni S. (in a verse); tak-a-ttu, take thou not, Fas. i. (in a verse); tekr-at, Grág. (Kb.) i. 9: [Ulf. têkan, pret. taitok = απτεσθαι; Swed. take; Dan. tage, sounded tā, ‘du tar det ikke, vil du ta det;’ Engl. take is a word borrowed from the Dan., which gradually displaced the Old Engl. niman.]A. To take hold of, seize, grasp; taka sér alvæpni, Eg. 236; tóku menn sér þar byrðar ok báru út, Egill tók undir hönd sér mjöð-drekku, 237; nú taki hest minn, ok skal ek ríða eptir honum, 699; tóku þeir skíð sín ok stigu á, 545; hann tók inni vinstri hendi spjótið ok skaut, Nj. 42; lauk upp kistu ok tók upp góð kvennmanna-klæði, Ld. 30; hann tekr nú bogann, … tekr nú kaðal einn, Fas. ii. 543; taka upp net, K. Þ. K. 90; hross skal maðr taka ok teyma ok hepta, þótt heilagt sé, id.2. to seize; þeir tóku þar herfang mikit, Nj. 43; tóku skipit ok allt þat er á var, Fms. vii. 249; þeir tóku þar skútu, viii. 438; tóku skip hans, landtjald, klæði, ix. 275; taka fé okkat allt með ráni, Nj. 5; engi maðr skal fyrir öðrum taka, Gþl. 473; hann leiddi þik til arfs … munu taka óvinir þínir ef þú kemr eigi til, Nj. 4; þeir tóku bæinn, seized, Sturl. ii. 149; kona hafði tekit ( stolen) … ok vildi hann refsa henni, Fms. vii. 330.3. to catch; Skotar munu hafa tekit njósnir allar, Nj. 126; standi menn upp ok taki hann, 130; hann skyldi taka hundinn, 114; þeir tóku á sundi mann einn, Fms. vii. 225; gröf, at taka í dýr, Flóv. 33; taka höndum, to lay hold of, take captive, Nj. 114, 275; in a good sense, Fms. x. 314.4. taka e-n af lífi, to take one from life, Fms. x. 3, Eg. 70; taka e-n af lífdögum, id., Fms. vii. 204: ellipt., taka af (af-taka), to take one off, put to death, Js. 23; taka e-n af nafni ok veldi, to deprive of …, Eg. 268; tóku þeir af eignum jarla konungs, Fms. i. 6: taka af e-m, to take a thing from one, x. 421, Nj. 103, 131, Eg. 120, Ld. 288; taka frá e-m, to take from, off, Nj. 253, K. Þ. K. 48; taka ofan, to take down, pull down, Nj. 119, 168; taka ór, to set apart, 232; taka undir sik, to take under oneself, subject, Fms. x. 24: to take charge of, Nj. 110, Eg. 725: taka upp, to take up, pick up, assume, 23.5. to take, grasp; taka í hönd e-m, to shake hands, Nj. 129; taka á lopti, to interrupt, Fms. x. 314; taka í ketil, of the ordeal, Grág. i. 381, Gkv. 3. 7; taka í jörð, to graze, of an animal, Bs. i. 338; jó lætr til jarðar taka, Skm. 15; skulu þér láta taka niðr hesta yðra, to graze a little, Band. 14 new Ed.; tók einn þeirra niðr í sinn klæðsekk, Stj.II. metaph., taka upphaf, to begin, Hom. 49; taka vöxt ok þroska, to increase, Rb. 392; taka konungdóm, Eg. 646; taka ráð, 49; taka skírn, 770; taka trú, to take the faith, become a Christian, Nj. 273; taka hvíld, to take rest, 43, 115; taka á sik svefn, 252; taka ræðu, to begin a parley, Eg. 578; taka umræðu, id., Nj. 146; þau taka þá tal, Ld. 72, Fms. ii. 254; taka nærri sér, see nær l. 2; taka á sik göngu, Fbr. 101 new Ed.; taka á sik svefn, Nj.; taka eld, to light a fire, 199; taka e-n orðum, to address; taka í sætt, to receive into reconciliation, Eg. 168; taka sættir, to accept terms, id. (also taka sættum, id.); taka þenna kost, 280; taka samheldi, Fms. ix. 344; ok tóku þat fastliga, at friðr skyldi standa, declared firmly that, x. 40, v. l.; taka stefnu, to fix a meeting, xi. 400; tóku þeir stefnu í milli sín, 402; nú er svá tekið um allt landit, at …, fixed by law that …, Gþl. 275; þeir tóku fastmælum sín í milli, at …, Bret. 82; taki í lög, to take into fellowship, Fms. xi. 96; lög-taka, cp. lófa-tak, vápna-tak; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð enn þú vildir engi af taka, thou wouldst accept none of them, Nj. 77; tók hann þann kost af, at leggja allt á konungs vald, Fms. iv. 224; ok þat tóku þeir af, ix. 367; Ólafr kvaðsk þat mundu af taka, Ld. 72; taka e-t til ráðs, or taka ráðs, bragðs, to resort to, Nj. 75, 124, 199: also, taka e-t til, to resort to, 26, Fms. xi, 253, passim (til-tæki); taka mót, to receive, Edda 15; taka e-t við, to receive in return, Fms. ii. 269; taka bætr fyrir e-t, xi. 253; með því þú görir sem ek býð þér, skaltú nökkuð eptir taka, take some reward for it, Ld. 44; þat er bæði at vér róum hart, enda mun nú mikit eptir taka, a great reward, Finnb. 232 (eptir-tekja); taka fæðu, to take food; taka corpus Domini, Mar.; taka samsæti, Fms. ii. 261; taka arf, Eg. 34; taka erfð, Gþl. 241; taka fé eptir föður sinn, Fms. xi. 47; taka laun, Nj. 68; taka veizlu, to take, receive a veizla (q. v.), Fms. xi. 239; konungr … hann tekr ( receives) af mörgum, skal hann því mikit gefa, 217; taka mikit lof, x. 367; taka helgun af Guði, Rb. 392; taka heilsu, to recover, Stj. 624; ek skal taka hæði-yrði af þér, Nj. 27; taka af honum rán ok manntjón, Ld. 64; taka úskil af íllum mönnum, Greg. 44; taka píslir ok dauða, 656 B. 30; drap hann þar menn nökkura, þótti mönnum hart at taka þat af útlendum manni, Bs. i. 19; þeir tóku mikinn andróða, Fms. viii. 438; taka andviðri, Eg. 87; þeir tóku norðan-veðr hörð, were overtaken by, Nj. 124; taka sótt, to be taken sick or ill (North E. to take ill), 29, Fms. xi. 97, Eg. 767; taka þyngd. id., Ísl. ii. 274; taka fótar-mein, Nj. 219; taka úgleði, to get out of spirits, Eg. 322; hann tók þá fáleika ok úgleði, Fms. vii. 103; hann tók langt kaf, 202; taka arftaki, to adopt, Grág. i. 232; taka konung, to take, elect a king, Fms. ix. 256; taka konu, to take a wife, x. 397; hann kvángaðisk ok tók bróður-dóttur þess manns er Finnr hét, 406; tók Magnús konungr Margrétu, 413; taka konu brott nauðga, to carry off a woman, Grág. i. 353; tók hann þá til háseta, he hired them, Eg. 404; taka far or fari, Landn. 307, Grág. ii. 406 (far, ii. 3); taka úkunna stigu, to take to unknown ways, Fms. viii. 30; taka ferð, to start, Stj.; taka til konungs, or the like, Eg. 367, 400, Fms. vii. 252; taka til siðar, Sks. 313; taka e-n vel, to receive well; ok taki ér, herra, vel þá Hjalta ok Gizur, Bs. i. 19; tók Skota-konungr hann vel, Fms. xi. 419; taka e-t þvert, to take a thing crossly, deny flatly, Nj. 26; taka fyrir e-t, to stop, interrupt, refuse, Fms. x. 251.III. to reach, stretch forth, touch; hann beit skarð, allt þat er tennr tóku, Eg. 605; eigi djúpara enn þeim tók undir hendr, Ld. 78; skurðrinn tók á framan-verðan bakkann, Krók.; hyrnan tók andlitið, Nj. 253; rödd tekr eyru, Skálda 175; döggskórinn tók niðr akrinn upp-standanda, Fas. i. 173; hafði flóð tekit þær, swept them away, Fms. xi. 393; spjót langskept svá at vel taki skipa meðal, Sks. 385; nef hans tók austr til landsenda … véli-fjarðar tóku norðr í Finnabú, Fms. viii. 10; tekr mörkin náliga allt it efra suðr, Eg. 58; þvíat ekki tek ek heim í kveld, Nj. 275; mun ek taka þangat í dag? Hbl.; bóndans bót tekr fyrir ( encompasses) konu, hans ok börn ok hjón, N. G. L. i. 341; taka niðri, to take the ground, of a ship or thing floating, Fas. iii. 257; svá at upp tekr um klaufir, Boll. 336; at eigi tæki hann (acc.) regnit, Stj. 594; skulu vér varask, at eigi taki oss þau dæmi, Hom. 70; svá mikit er uxa-húð tekr yfir, Fas. i. 288; nær því er þú sér at taka mun en ekki ór hófi, Sks. 21; hundr bundinn svá at taki eigi til manna, Grág. ii. 119; taka höndum upp, to lift up hands, Bs. i. 735, Edda 22; ek sé fram undir brekkuna, at upp taka spjóts-oddar fimtán, Finnb. 286; þetta smíði (Babel) tók upp ór veðrum, Edda 146 (pref.); hárit tók ofan á belti, Nj. 2; stöpul er til himins tæki, 645. 71; hér til tekr en fyrsta bók, reaches here, 655 vii. 4; taka mátti hendi til fals, Eg. 285; þeir tóku fram árum, took the oars, Fms. vii. 288; smeygði á sik ok tók út höndunum, 202; þeir tóku undun, to escape, viii. 438: to reach, land, take harbour, gaf honum vel byri ok tóku Borgarfjörð, Nj. 10; tóku þeir Friðar-ey, 268; þeir tóku land á Melrakka-sléttu, Ísl. ii. 246; byrjaði vel ok tóku Noreg, Ld. 72, 310; tóku þar land sem heitir Vatnsfjörðr, Landn. 30: ellipt., hann tók þar sem nú heitir Herjólfs-höfn, id.; þeir tóku fyrir sunnan land, 175.2. to take, hold, of a vessel; ketill or tók tvær tunnur, Fb. i. 524; lands þess er tæki ( of the value of) fjóra tigi hundraða, Sturl. i. 98, v. l.; hringrinn tók tólf hundruð mórend, Nj. 225: so in the phrase, það tekr því ekki, it is not worth the while; þann enn eina grip er hann átti svá at fé tæki, the sole object of value he had, Bs. i. 636.3. spec. usages; fara sem fætr mega af taka, Finnb. 288; konur æpa sem þær megu mest af taka, Al. 47, (aftak, aftaka-veðr, q. v.), Karl. 109, 196; fóru hvárir-tveggju sem af tók, went as fast as possible, Fms, iv. 304; hann sigldi suðr sem af tók, Eg. 93: in the phrase, taka mikinn, lítinn … af e-u, to make much, little of, take it to heart or lightly; mikit tekr þú af þessu, thou takest it much to heart, Lv. 10; öngan tek ek af um liðveizlu við þik, I will not pledge myself as to helping thee, Ld. 105; eigi töku vér mikit af at tortryggva þá bók, þótt mart sé undarligt í sagt, we will not strongly question the truth of the book, although many wonders are told therein, Sks. 78; Óspakr kvað hana mikit af taka, said he used very strong language, Ld. 216; mikinn tekr þú af, segir konungr, thou settest much by it, said the king, Fms. vi. 206: munda ek sýnu minna hafa af tekit ef ek væra údrukkinn, I would have kept a better tongue, xi. 112; Þórvarðr tók eigi af fyrir útanferð sína, did not quite refuse the going abroad, Sturl. iii. 244; hann kvaðsk eigi taka mega af því hvat mælt væri, he did not much mind what folks said, Nj. 210; hón tók lítið af öllu, said little about it, took it coolly, Eg. 322; tók hann minna af enn áðr við Íslendinga, he spoke not so strongly of them as he used to do, Glúm. 328; ok er sendi-menn kómu tók hann lítið af, Fms. x. 101; Flosi svaraði öllu vel, en tók þó lítið af, F. gave a civil but reserved answer, Nj. 180.IV. with prepp.; taka af hesti, to take (the saddle) off a horse, Nj. 4, 179; taka af sér ópit, to cease weeping, Ölk. 35; taka skriðinn af skipinu, Fms. ii. 305; taka e-t af, to abolish, vii. 1, x. 152, Ísl. ii. 258:—taka á e-u, to touch (á-tak), Nj. 118; þegar sem nær þeim er komit ok á þeim tekit, Stj. 76; sá er tekr fyrst á funa, Gm.; þat er ok, áðr þeir taki á dómum sinum ( ere they deliver sentence), at þeir skolu eið vinna áðr, Grág. i. 64; taka vel, auðvelliga, lítt, ekki vel, ílla … á e-u, to take a thing so and so, take it well, in good part, ill, in ill part, etc., Ld. 50, 248, Fms. xi. 124, Nj. 206, 265; Gunnarr talaði fátt um ok tók á öngu úlíkliga, 40; tak glaðan á ( cheerfully) við konunginn, Fms. xi. 112; þeir höfðu sagt hversu hann hafði á tekit þeim feðgum, Rd. 284; Leifr tekr á þessu eigi mjök, Fb. ii. 397; tók Börkr (á) því seinliga, Eb. 15 new Ed.:—taka eptir, to notice, observe, Sturl. i. 2 (eptir-tekt):—taka móti, to withstand, resist, Nj. 261, Fms. ix. 307, 513 (mót-tak):—taka með, to reserve, accept, iv. 340, xi. 427 (með-taka): taka við, hann tókþar ok við mörg önnur dæmi, bæði konunga æfi, he tacked to it many records, the lives of kings, etc., Ó. H. (pref.): this isolated phrase has led editors (but wrongly) to substitute hann ‘jók’ þar við:—taka aptr, to take back, render void, undo, Bs. i. 631, Nj. 191, Sks. 775; eigi má aptr taka unnit verk, a saying, Fms. ii. 11: to recall, unsay, mun ek þau orð eigi aptr taka, Ld. 42, Fms. ii. 253:—taka í, to pull off; taktu í hann, to pull his stocking off:—taka um, to take hold of, grasp, Eg. 410, Hkr. ii. 322:—taka upp, to pick up, assume; niðr at fella ok upp at taka, 625. 68, Eg. 23; taka upp borð, to put up the tables before a meal; tekr upp borð ok setr fyrir þá Butralda, Fbr. 37; vóru borð upp tekin um alla stofuna ok sett á vist, Eg. 551: but also to remove them after a meal (= taka borð ofan), 408, Hkr. ii. 192, Fms. i. 41, Orkn. 246 (see borð II); taka upp vist, to put food on the table, Vm. 168; taka upp bygð sína, to remove one’s abode, passim; taka upp, of a body, to take up, disinter, Hkr. ii. 388; taka upp, to seize on, confiscate, Nj. 73, 207, Ld. 38, Eg. 73; þeir tóku upp ( laid waste) þorp þat er heitir Tuma-þorp, Fms. i. 151; var þá tekin upp bygð Hrolleifs, Fs. 34; hón tekr þat mart upp er fjarri er mínum vilja, Nj. 6l; at þú gefir ró reiði ok takir þat upp er minnst vandræði standi af, 175; taka upp verknað, to take up work, Ld. 34; taka upp stærð, to take to pride, Fms. x. 108; halda upp-teknu efni, i. 263; taka upp sök, mál, to take up a case, Nj. 31, 71, 231: to interpret, eigi kann ek öðruvís at ráða þenna draum … glíkliga er upp tekit, Sturl. iii. 216; ok skal svá upp taka ‘síks glóð,’ þat er ‘gull,’ Edda 127; kvæði, ef þau eru rétt kveðin ok skynsamliga upp tekin, Hkr. (pref.); tók hann svá upp, at honum væri eigi úhætt, Fms. ix. 424; drykk ok vistir svá sem skipit tók upp, as the ship could take, iv. 92; er þat skip mikit, ok mun þat taka oss upp alla, Nj. 259; þat hjóna er meira lagði til félags skal meira upp taka, Gþl. 220; þótti þeim í hönd falla at taka upp land þetta hjá sér sjálfum, Ld. 210; skal sá sem at Kálfafelli býr taka upp vatn at sínum hlut, Vm. 168; taka upp giptu hjá Dana-konungi, Fms. xi. 426; taka upp goðorð, Nj. 151, 168, Grág. i. 24; taka upp þing. Ann. 1304 ( to restore); tókusk þá upp lög ok landsréttr, Fs. 27; taka upp vanda, Fms. vii. 280:—taka til, to take to; hefna svá at ekki fýsi annan slík firn til at taka, 655 xiii. A. 3; tóku margir þá til at níða hann, Bs. i; taka til ráða, ráðs, bragðs, Nj. 19, 75, 124; hann tók til ráða skjótt, 19; enn þó munu vér þat bragðs taka, 199; hvat skal nú til ráða taka, 124; ef hann tekr nökkut íllt til, 26; hverja úhæfu er hann tekr til, Fms. xi. 253; taka til máls, to take to talking, Nj. 16, 71; taka til orðs, or orða, 122, 230, 264; hann tók nú til at segja söguna, to take to telling a story; taka til varnar, to begin the defence, Grág. i. 60, Nj. 271; nú er þar til at taka, at …, 74; er blót tóku til, Landn. 111; þá tók til ríki Svía-konungs, Fms. iv. 118; um Slésvík þar sem Dana-ríki tók til, xi. 417: to concern, þat mun taka til yðar, Hom. 150; þetta mál er til konungs tók, Fms. xi. 105; láta til sín taka, to let it concern oneself, meddle with, Band. 23 new Ed.; Gísl lét fátt til sín taka, Fms. vii. 30; vil ek nú biðja þik at þú létir ekki til þín taka um tal várt, Nj. 184: to have recourse to, þú tekr eigi til þeirra liðsinnis ef ekki þarf, Fms. vii. 17, Grág. i. 41; taka til segls, Eg. 573, Fms. ix. 22; taka til sunds, 24; taka til e-s, to note, mark, with dislike:—taka undir, to take under a thing; hann tók undir kverkina, took her by the chin, Nj. 2; þá tók Egill undir höfða-hlut Skalla-grími, Eg. 398: to undertake, þat mál er þeir skyldi sjálfir undir taka, Hkr. i. 266; þá skal hann taka undir þá sömu þjónostu, Ó. H. 120: to back, second, hann kvaðsk ekki mundu taka undir vandræði þeirra, Nj. 182; undir þann kviðling tók Rúnolfr goði, ok sótti Hjalta um goðgá, Bs. i. 17: ek mun taka undir með þér ok styðja málit, Fms. xi. 53; hann tók ekki undir þat ráð, Fb. ii. 511; þau tóku undir þetta léttliga, seconded it readily, Ld. 150; hann tók seinliga undir, Nj. 217; hann hafði heyrt tal þeirra ok tók undir þegar, ok kvað ekki saka, Ld. 192: göra tilraun hversu þér tækit undir þetta, Fb. i. 129: to echo, blésu herblástr svá at fjöllin tóku undir, Fas. i. 505; taka undir söng, to accompany singing:—taka við, to receive; nú tóktú svá við sverði þessu, Fms. i. 15; siðan hljópu menn hans, enn hann túk við þeim, 105; jörð tekr við öldri, Hm.; til þess er akkerit tók við, grappled, took hold, Dan. holde igen, Fms. x. 135. v. l.; þar til er sjár tók við honum, Edda 153 (pref.); taka við ríki, Eg. 241, Fms. i. 7; taka við trú, Nj. 158, 159; taka við handsölum á e-u, 257; ef maðr görr við at taka við dæmdum úmaga, Grág. i. 258; taka vel við e-m, to receive well, Nj. 5; ekki torleiði tekr við yðr, no obstacle stops you, Al. 120; þeir tóku við vel ok vörðusk, made a bold resistance, Fms. i. 104; eggjuðu sumir at við skyldi taka, vii. 283; at þeir skyldi verja landit, en þeir vildu eigi við taka, xi. 386; ganga fram á mel nökkurn, ok segir Hrútr at þeir mundu þar við taka, Ld. 62; þar stóð steinn einn mikill, þar bað Kjartan þá við taka, 220; seg þú æfi-sögu þína, Ásmundr, en þá skal Egill við taka, tell thy life’s tale, Asmund, and then shall Egil take his turn, Fas. iii. 374; tók við hvárr af öðrum, one took up where the other left off:—taka yfir, hann vildi eigi til ráða nema hann ætlaði at yfir tæki, Fms. iv. 174; þeir munu allt til vinna, at yfir taki með oss, Nj. 198; at eyrendi þeirra skyldi eigi lyktuð né yfir tekin, Fms. iv. 224.V. to take to, begin:1. with infin., tóku menn at binda sár sín, Eg. 93; hann tók at yrkja þegar er hann var ungr, 685; hans afli tók at vaxa, Fms. viii. 47; á þeim veg er ek tæka ganga, Sks. 3; taka at birtask, 568; tekr at dimma, birta … rigna, it gets dim, takes to darken … rain; allt þat er hann tekr at henda, Nj. 5; þá tók at lægja veðrit, 124; tók þá at morna, 131; tók þá at nátta, Fms. ix. 54; kvölda tekr = Lat. vesperascit, Luke xxiv. 29.2. in other phrases, taka á rás, to take to running, to run, Nj. 253, Eg. 216, 220, Eb. 62 (hófu á rás, 67 new Ed.), Hrafn. 7: ellipt., tók bogmaðr ok hans menn á land upp undan, they took to the inland and escaped, Fms. ix. 275; tók hann þegar upp um brú, viii. 169; svá íllt sem nú er frá at taka (to escape, shun), þá mun þó síðarr verr, Fs. 55; taka flótta, to take to flight, Hm. 30; Eirekr tók út ór stofunni, took out of the room, ran out, Sturl. ii. 64; þeir tóku út eitt veðr allir, stood out to sea with the same wind, Fb. ii. 243.VI. with dat., to take to, receive (perh. ellipt. for taka við- e-u); jarl tók vel sendi-mönnum ok vináttu-málum konungs, Fms. i. 53; konungr tók honum vel ok blíðliga, vii. 197; tekit mundu vér hafa kveðju þinni þóttú hefðir oss fyrri fagnat, Ld. 34; Grímr tók því seinliga, Eg. 764; Sigurðr tók því máli vel, 38, Fms. x. 2; konungr tók þá vel orðum Þórólfs, Eg. 44; hann tók því þakksamliga, Fms. i. 21; taka vel þeirra eyrendum, x. 33; Barði tók þessu vel, Ld. 236; Hákon tók því seinliga, Fms. i. 74; eigi mun konungr taka því þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, Eg. 59; tók Brynjólfr þá sættum fyrir Björn, 168; Njáll átti hlut at, at þeir skyldi taka sættum, Nj. 120; taka handsölum á fé, 257; taka heimildum á e-u, Fms. x. 45; taka fari, Grág. ii. 399, Nj. 111, 258 (see far); taka bóli, to take a farm (on lease), Gþl. 328, 354; mun ek máli taka fyrir alla Íslenzka menn þá er á skipi eru, speak for them, Bs. i. 421.VII. impers. it is taken; hann brá upp hendinni ok tók hana af honum ok höfuðit af konunginum, Nj. 275; ok tók af nasarnar, Fms. x. 135, v. l.; þá tók af veðrit (acc.), the weather ‘took up’ (as is said in North of England), the storm abated. Fas. i. 157; svá at þar tæki af vega alla, all roads were stopped, Fms, iii. 122; af þeim tók málit ok görask úfærir, Fas. ii. 549; kom á höndina fyrir ofan úlflið svá at af tók, Nj. 84; kom á fótinn svá at af tók, 123; þá tók efa af mörgum manni, Fms. iii. 8; sýnina tekr frá e-m, to become blind, x. 339; undan kúnni tók nyt alla, Eb. 316; jafnskjótt tók ór verkinn allan, Fms. iv. 369; tók út skip Þangbrands ór Hitará, she drifted out, Bs. i. 15; í þat mund dags er út tók eykðina, when the time of ‘eykð’ was nearly passed, Fms. xi. 136; um várit er sumar-hita tók, when the summer heat set in, Fs. 67; réru svá skjótt at ekki tók (viz. þá) á vatni, Fms. vii. 344.2. as a naut. term, to clear, weather a point; veðr var litið ok tók þeim skamt frá landi, the weather was still, and they kept close in shore, Fms. vi. 190: hence the mod. naut. phrase, e-m tekr, to clear, weather; mér tók fyrir nesit, I cleared, weathered the ness; vindr þver, svo að þeim tekr ekki.3. þar er eigi of tekr torf eðr grjót, where neither is at hand, Grág. ii. 262; þau dæmi tekr til þessa máls, the proofs of this are, that when …, Hom. 127.B. Reflex., takask mikit á hendr, to take much in hand, Band. 3, Nj. 228, Fms. i. 159; tókumk ek þat á hendr, xi. 104; láta af takask, to let oneself be deprived of, Eg. 296; takask e-n á hendr.2. to be brought about, take effect, succeed; cp. þykkir mikit í hættu hversu þér teksk, Ld. 310; þat tóksk honum, he succeeded, Bárð. 167; tekst þá tveir vilja, it succeeds when two will, i. e. joint efforts prevail, a saying:—takask til, to happen; Ásgrími tóksk svá til (it so happened to A.), sem sjaldan var vant, at vörn var í máii hans, Nj. 92; ef svá vill til takask. Fas. i. 251; svá erviðliga sem þeim hafði til tekizk at herja á þá feðga, Fms. i. 184; mér hefir úgiptuliga tekizk, Ld. 252; þætti mér allmiklu máli skipta at þér tækisk stórmannliga, that thou wouldst behave generously, Hkr. ii. 32; hefir þetta svá tekizk sem ván var at, er hann var barn at aldri, 268.3. to take place, begin; tóksk orrosta, Nj. 8; teksk þar orrosta, 122; ráð takask, of a marriage; en ef þá takask eigi ráðin, if the wedding takes not place then, Grág. i. 311; lýkr svá at ráðin skyldi takask, 99; ráð þau skyldi takask at öðru sumri, Eg. 26, Fms. x. 40: to be realised, hvatamaðr at þessi ferð skyldi takask, Ld. 240; síðan er mægð hafdi tekizk með þeim, since they had intermarried, Eg. 37; takask með þeim góðar ástir, they came to love one another much, of newly-married people, passim; féráns dómr teksk, Grág. i. 95; takask nú af heimboðin, to cease, Ld. 208; ok er allt mál at ættvíg þessi takisk af, 258.II. recipr., takask orðum, to speak to one another, Fms. xi. 13; ok er þeir tókusk at orðum, spurði hann …, Eg. 375; bræðr-synir takask arf eptir, entreat one another, Gþl. 241; ef menn takask fyrir árar eða þiljur, take from one another, 424: takask á, to wrestle, Bárð. 168; takask fangbrögðum, Ld. 252, Ísl. ii. 446: takask í hendr, to shake hands, Grág. i. 384, Nj. 3, 65.III. part. tekinn; vóru þá tekin ( stopped) öll borgar-hlið ok vegar allir, at Norðmönnum kæmi engi njósn, Fms. vi. 411: Steinþórr var til þess tekinn, at …, S. was particularly named as …, Eb. 32, 150; hann var til þess tekinn, at honum var verra til hjóna en öðrum mönnum, Grett. 70 new Ed. (cp. mod. usage, taka til e-s, to wonder at): lá hann ok var mjök tekinn, very ill, Sturl. i. 89: Álfhildr var þungliga tekin, ok gékk henni nær dauða, Fms. iv. 274; hann var mjök tekinn ok þyngdr af líkþrá, ii. 229; þú ert Ílla at tekin fyrir vanheilsu sakir, vii. 244; ú-tekin jörð, an untaken, unclaimed estate, Sturl. iii. 57, Gþl. 313.2. at af teknum þeim, except, Fms. x. 232; at af teknum úvinum sínum, 266, (Latinism.) -
118 UM
of* * *older umb, prep. with acc. and dat.I. with acc.1) around (slá hring um e-n);2) about, all over (hárit féll um hana alla); um allar sveitir, all over the country; mikill um herðar, large about the shoulders, broad-shouldered; liggja um akkeri, to ride at anchor;3) of proportion; margir voru um einn, many against one; um einn hest voru tveir menn, two men to each horse;4) round, past, beyond, with verbs denoting motion (sigla vestr um Bretland); leggja um skut þessu skipi, to pass by this ship; ríða um tún, to pass by a place;5) over, across, along (flytja e-n um haf); kominn um langan veg, come from a long way off; ganga um gólf, to cross the floor (but also to walk up and down the floor); slá, er lá um þvert skipit, a beam that lay athwart the ship; um kné sér, across the knee; e-t er hœgt um hönd, gives little trouble, is ready to hand;6) of time, during, in the course of (um messuna, um þingit, um sumarit); þat var um nótt, by night; um nætr sem um daga, by night as well as day; lengra en fara megi um dag, in the course of one day;7) at a point of time (hann kom at höllinni um drykkju); um þat, at that time, then; um þat er, when (um þat, er vér erum allir at velli lagðir);8) of, about, in regard to a thing; bera um e-t, dœma um e-t, to bear witness, judge about; tala um e-t, to speak of; annast um e-t, to attend to; sviðr um sik, wise of oneself; hvárr um sik, each for himself; var mart vel um hann, he had many good qualities;9) e-m er ekki um e-t, one does not like (var honum ekki um Norðmenn); with infin., honum er ekki um at berjast í dag, he has no liking to fight to-day; er þér nökkut um, at vér rannsökum þik ok hús þín, have you any objection that we …?; e-m er mikit (lítil) um e-t, one likes it much, little (Guðrúnu var lítil um þat); sá, er mönnum væri meira um, whom people liked better; e-m finnst mikit um e-t, one is much pleased umwith, has a high opinion of (konungi fannst mikit um list þá ok kurteisi þá, er þar var á öllu);10) because of, for; öfunda e-n um e-t, to envy one for a thing; verða útlagt um e-t, to be fined for a transgression; um sakleysi, without cause;11) beyond, above; margir fengu eigi hlaupit um röst, more than one mile; hafa vetr um þrítugt, to be thirty-one; e-m um afl, um megn, beyond one’s strength, more than one can do (þetta mál er nökkut þér um megn); kasta steini um megn sér, to overstrain oneself; um of, too much, excessive (þótti mörgum þetta um of); um alla menn fram or um fram alla menn, above all men (hón unni honum um alla menn fram); e-m er e-t um hug, one has no mind for, dislikes (ef þér er nökkut um hug á kaupum við oss);12) over, across; detta, falla um e-t, to stumble over (féll bóandinn um hann);13) by; draugrinn hafði þokat at Þorsteini um þrjár setur, by three seats;14) about; þeir sögðu honum, hvat um var at vera, what it was about, how matters stood; hvat sem um þat er, however that may be; eiga e-t um at vera, to be troubled about a thing (lætr sem hann eigi um ekki at vera); var fátt um með þeim, they were not on good terms;15) ellipt., ef satt skal um tala, if the truth must be told; þannig sem atburðr hefir orðit um, as things have turned out;16) as adv., gekk um veðrit, veered round, changed; ríða (sigla) um, to ride (sail) by; langt um, far beyond, quite; fljótit var langt um úfœrt (úreitt), quite impassable; um liðinn, passed by, of time; á þeirri viku, er um var liðin, in the past umweek;II. with dat.1) over, esp. poet.; sitja um borðum = sitja yfir borðum; sá es um verði glissir, he that gabbles over a meal;2) of time, by; um dögum, um nóttum, by day, by night; um sumrum, haustum, vetrum, várum, in the summer, etc.; um vetrum ok sumrum, both winter and summer.* * *umb, of, prep. (sounded umm); umb is used in the oldest vellums (the Eluc., Greg., Miracle-book, Jb.), and occurs now and then in later vellums (e. g. Orkn. 218, Fms. x. 378, xi. 63, 64), perh. from being a transcript of an old vellum; in rhymes, umb, tr umbu, Fms. viii. (in a verse of A. D. 1184); for of see ‘of’ at p. 462, col. 2: [A. S. ymbe; Germ. um; um and yfir (q. v.) are identical.]WITH ACC.A. Around; silki-hlað um höfuð, Ld. 188; um höfuð henni, 36; hafa um sik belti, Nj. 91, 184; um herðar sér, Ld. 56; leggja linda umb kistu, leggja lindann umb enn vanheila mann, Bs. i. 337; gyrða um sik, Sks.; beta strengi um ásenda … festa endana um steina, Nj. 115; vefjask um fótinn, Fms. iv. 335; upp um herðarnar, Eg. 580; göra garð of engi, Grág. ii. 288; lykja um akra ok eng, Eg. 529; skjóta um hann skjaldborg, Nj. 274; slá hring um e-n, 275, Eg. 88; fara í hring um skipit, Ld. 56; taka um hönd e-m, Ó. H. 176; þar var poki um útan, Ld. 188; honum vefsk tunga um höfuð, Nj. 160; vefsk tunga um tönn (see tönn) … strjúka dúki um augu, Fms. v. 326, Fs. 114 (in a verse); sjó, er fellr um heim allan, Róm. 193: Aðils jarl féll ok mart manna um hann, Eg. 297; tjalda um skip sín, Fms. xi. 63; hafa um sik ( about oneself) fjölmenni, Eg. 12, 38; selit var gört um einn ás, Ld. 280.II. about, all over, denoting the surface; manna-ferð um héraðit, Ld. 257; fylgja þeim um einn skóg, Karl. 348; hann hafði goðorð suðr um Nesin, Ísl. ii. 207; herja um Skotland, Írland, Fms. i. 23; næfrum var þakt um ræfrit, Eg. 90; dæma för úmögum um þat þing, Grág. i. 127; flýja hingað ok þangat um eyjarnar, Fms. vii. 43; um allar sveitir, all over the country, Boll. 362; kunnigt er mér um allt Ísland, Nj. 32; of allan Noreg, Fms. x. 118; um alla Svíþjóð, Ó. H. 17; um allt ríki sitt, Eg. 278; sitja um mitt landit, about the midland, Fms. i. 26; um miðjan skóginn er smáviði, Eg. 580; sjá um alla veröld, Ó. H. 202; kominn um langan veg, come a long way off, Stj. 366, Skv. 8; of lopt ok um lög, Hkv. 1. 21; fátt kom um lengra, farther off, Fb. ii. 303; hárit féll um hana alla, Landn. 151, Fas. i. 244; hárit hékk ofan um bringu, Fas. ii. 518: mikill um herðar, large about the shoulders, broad-shouldered, Nj. 200; þykkr um bóga, þeim manni er beit á of garðinn, Grág. ii. 286; skalat hann verja um bóstað hans, 222; kveðja um þann vetvang, 106; kveðja búa heiman um þann stað, i. 130, 355: liggja um strengi, Ld. 76; or liggja um akkeri, to ride at anchor, Eg. 261, 374, Fms. ii. 5, ix. 45, x. 351.2. of proportion; margir vóru um einn, too many against one, Ld. 156; þar vóru fjórir of einn ( four to one) mót Hákoni, Fms. x. 382; eigi minni liðs-munr, en sex mundi vera um Hákonar mann einn, i. 43; um einn hest vóru tveir menn, two men to each horse, vii. 295; sex menn sé um sáld, Grág. ii. 402: Hrafn var mjök einn um sitt, kept for himself, Fs. 29; malit hefi ek mitt of leiti? Gs. 16.III. off, past, beyond (cp. yfir), with verbs denoting motion; fara … suðr um Stað, Eg. 12; norðr um Stað, Fms. vii. 7; sigla vestr um Bretland, Nj. 281; er þeir kómu fram um Bjarkey, Ó. H. 137; norðr um Jaðar, 182; austan um Foldina, Eg. 81; út um Eldey, Eb. 108; austr um búðina, Nj. 231; ríða um þá þrjá bæi, Grág. i. 432; hann hljóp um þá, ok í fjall upp, passed them by, Landn. 89; sigla svá um oss fram, Orkn. 402; leggja um skut þessu skipi, to pass by this ship, Fms. x. 346; leita langt um skamt fram, Nj. 207 (cp. Lat. quod petis hic est); vaða jörð upp um klaufir, Ld. 336; fram um stafn, Landn. 29; aptr um stafn, Fms. x. 266; honum var úhægt at höggva um bríkina, Sturl. iii. 219; ríða um tún, to pass by a place, Ísl. ii. 252; neðan um sáðlandit, Nj. 82; fara of engi manns, Grág. ii. 277; fara um góð héruð, Landn. 37; ganga upp um bryggjuna, Eg. 195; ganga um stræti, by the road, Korm. 228; róa út um sund, Eg. 385; kominn um langan veg, 410; þeim dropum er renna um þekjuna, Fms. i. 263.2. over, across, along; sá er annan dregr um eldinn, Fms. i. 305; skyldi ganga um gólf at minnum öllum, to cross the flood, Eg. 253; but also to walk up and down the floor, 247; bera öl um eld, to bear the ale across the fire, Fms. vi. 442; slá um þvert skipit, Nj. 44; sigla vestr um haf, Fms. i. 22; ríða vestr um ár, austr um ár, Nj. 10, 99; suðr um sæ, Eg. 288; flytja e-n um haf, Nj. 128; austan um Kjöl, Ó. H.; sunnan um fjall, Fms. x. 3; suðr um fjall, Eg. 476; um þvera stofu, Fms. vi. 440; um þvera búð, Grág. i. 24; um þvert nesit, Fms. xi. 65; um öxl, round or across the shoulder, Ld. 276; um kné sér, across the knee, Eg. 304: the phrase, mér er e-ð um hönd, difficult to lay hand on, hard, not easy; and again, hægt um hönd, giving little trouble, easy to lay hand on; ykkr er þat hægst um hönd, easiest for you, Nj. 25; þegar eg vil er hægt um hönd, heima á Fróni at vera, Núm.; kastaði (the mail) um söðul sinn, across the saddle, Grett. 93 A.IV. with adverbs denoting direction, upp um, út um, niðr um, ofan um, inn um, fram um, with acc. or ellipt.; sær féll út ok inn of nökkvann, Edda 36; loginn stóð inn um ræfrit, Eg. 239; hann var kominn upp um ský, Fms. i. 137; út um bringuna, Ld. 150; hann gékk út of Miðgarð, Edda 35; ganga út um dyrr, Eg. 420; fara út um glugg, Fms. ix. 3; út um glugginn, Ld. 278; láta sér um munn fara, to pass out of the mouth, Háv. 51; ferr orð er um munn líðr, Sturl. i. 207.B. Temp. during, in the course of, cp. Engl. that spring, that summer; um messuna, Fms. x. 109; um þingit, Eg. 765; um sex ár, Stj.; um vetrinn, Eg. 168; of sumarit, Fms. x. 93; um sumarit, Nj. 4; um várit, Eg. 42; um nótt, Grág. i. 115; þat var um nótt, by night, Ld. 152; hann mátti eigi sofa um nætr, Nj. 210; sofa um nóttina, 7; vera þar um nóttina, 252; lengra enn fara megi um dag, in the course of one day, Grág. i. 89; um daginn, for the rest of the day, Ld. 42; um morna, Landn. (in a verse), Ó. H. 44; um nætr sem um daga, by night as well as day, Sks. 20 new Ed.; um allar aldir, Edda; um alla daga, all day long, Skm. 4; um alla sína daga, all his days, Hom. 114; allt um hans æfi, Eg. 268; um aldr, for ever, passim; um tíma, for a while, Mar.; um hríð, um stund, for a while, see stund, hríð; um … sakar, a while, see sök (A. III. 2); um samt, altogether, Sks. 113 B.2. above, beyond; standa um várþing, Grág. i. 103; um hálfan mánuð, Fms. ix. 526, v. l.; um viku, above a week.3. at a point of time, at; hann kom at höllinni um drykkju, Nj. 269; of matmál, at meal time, Grág. i. 261; um dagmál, um náttmál, einnhvern dag um þingit, Ld. 290; eitt hvert sinn um haustið, Nj. 26; þat var of vár, Fms. x. 389; um várit urðu mikil tíðendi, 2; þeir höfðu verit á sundi um daginn, Ld. 130; opt um daga, Edda 39; um daginn, the other day: um þat, when; um þat er þrír vetr eru liðnir, Ld. 146; um þat þessir eru bættir, Eg. 426; um þat lýkr, when the end is there, in the end, Fas. ii. 361; ef ek kom eigi aptr um þat, then, at that time, Fms. ii. 58; um þat er vér erum allir at velli lagðir, Eg. 426; um sinn, once, see sinni B, p. 530; um síðir, at last, see síð (II); um leið, at the same time; hér um bil, about so and so; um allt, of allt, always; Kristinn dóin má um allt sækja, at all times, N. G. L. ii. 154; nokkrum sinnum, ok hefir mér ofallt íllt þótt, Fms. v. 205 (see ávallt, p. 47, col. 2).C. Metaph. usages, of, about, in regard to a thing, Lat. de; halda vörð á um e-t, Eg. ch. 27; annask um e-t, to attend to, Nj. 75, Glúm. 342, Kormak; gefa gaum at um e-t, to give heed to, Ó. H. 215; bera um e-t, dæma um e-t, to bear witness, judge about, Nj. 100; tala um e-t, to speak of, 40; þræta um e-t, to quarrel about; spyrja um e-t, to speer or ask about, 110; göra, yrkja um e-n, Fms. x. 378; halda njósn um e-t, Eg. 72; nefna, búa um mál, Nj. 86; um alla ráða-görð, 101; stefna e-m um e-t, Grág. i. 175, 313, Nj. 87; vera til eptir-máls um e-t, passim; frækinn um allt, in everything, 89; bera gæfu til um e-t, Eg. 76; kappsamr of allt, þeir hyggja þat lög um þat mál, Grág. i. 9; eitt ráð myndi honum um þat sýnask, Nj. 79; kunna hóf at um ágirni sína, Ó. H. 131; þat er um þat átan, er …, N. G. L. i. 19; þau tíðendi er görzk höfðu um ferðir Egils ok stórvirki, Eg. 686; stór úfarar görask of menn þessa, Fms. xi. 151; aumligt er um e-t, Hom. 159 (Ed.); seinkaðisk of svörin, 623. 16; mikit er um fyrirburði slíka, Nj. 119; þá var hvíld á um bardagann, 248; hann telzk undan um förina, Fms. xi. 69; ruðning um kviðinn, Nj.; misfangi um mark, a mistake as to a mark, Grág.; binda um heilt, to bind up a sound limb, Ld. 206: gróa um heilt, to become sound, be healed, Fms. xi. 87, Al. 120; ganga um beina, to attend; leita e-s í um mein hennar, Eg. 565; veita tilkall um arf, Eg.; leita um sættir, grið, Nj. 92; selja laun um liðveizlu, 214: in inscriptions of chapters, um so and so, = Lat. de; um viðrtal Njáls ok Skarphéðins, um misfanga ok um mark, um bæjar bruna, Nj., Grág., Fms.; göra mikit um sik, to make a great fuss, Fb. i. 545; görði mikit um sik ok var sjálfhælinn, Grett. 133 A: vera vel um sik ( of good quality) ok vinsæll, Fms. xi. 118; mey er ok vissa vænsta ok bezt um sik, 104; at hón væri í engum hlut verri um sik, Hkr. ii. 129; sviðr um sik, wise of oneself, Hm. 102; auga blátt ok snart ok vel um sik, Mag. 7; hvárr um sik, each for himself, one by one, Dipl. ii. 11; vér staðfestum þessa articulos hvern um sik ok sér hverja, 13; þykki mér þat undarligt um svá vitran mann, of a man so wise, Eg. 20; var mart vel um hann, he had many good qualities, Rb. 364; þat mátti vera um röskvan mann, Fms. vii. 227.2. ganga um sýslur manna, to go about or upon men’s business, as an overseer. Eg. 2; ganga um beina, to attend, see beini.3. e-m er mikit (ekki) um e-t, to like, dislike; Guðrúnu var lítið um þat … lítið ætla ek þeim um þat bræðrum, at …, Ld. 246, 264, Fms. ii. 81; var honum ekki um Norðmenn, Hkr. i. 128; Þórði kvaðsk ekki vera um manna-setur, Ld. 42; er þér nökkut um ( hast thou any objection?), at vér rannsakim þik ok hús þin, Gísl. 53; sá er mönnum væri meira um, whom people liked more, Fms, ix. 36; ef þór er mikit um ráða-hug við mik, if thou art much bent on it, xi. 4.4. búa um eitt lyndi, to be of one mind, Jb. 396; búa um nægtir, grun, skoll, búa um heilt, see búa (A. II); búa um hvílu, to make a bed; búa um okkr, Nj. 201 (see búa B. I. 2. γ); setjask um kyrt, to settle oneself to rest, take rest, Fas. ii. 530; or sitja um kyrt.II. because of, for, Lat. ob; öfunda e-n um e-t ( invidere a-i a-d), Nj. 168; reiðask um e-t, um hvat reiddusk goðin þá, Bs. i. 22; telja á e-n of e-t, to blame one for a thing, Nj. 52; berja e-n íllyrðum um slikt, 64; lágu margir á hálsi honum þat, Fms. xi. 336; týna aldri um óra sök, Skv. 3. 49; verða útlagr um e-t, to be fined for a transgression, Grág. i. 16; dæmdr fjörbaugs-maðr um spellvirki, 129; maðr vegr mann um konu, if a man slays a person for [ violating] his wife, 61; um sakleysi, without cause, Nj. 106, 270, Bs. i. 19.III. beyond, above; fimm hundruð gólfa ok um ( plus) fjórum togum, Gm. 24; kistan var eigi um vættar höfga, Bs. i. 712; margir fengu eigi hlaupit um röst, Karl. 351; lítið um tuttugu menn, Sturl. i. 183; hann var ekki um tvítugan, Róm. 327; hafa vetr um þrítugt, to be one beyond thirty, i. e. thirty-one, Sturl. i. 183: freq. in mod. usage, hafa tvo um þrítugt ( thirty-two), átta um fertugt ( forty-eight), tvo um fimtugt ( fifty-two), einn um áttrætt ( eighty-one); sá dagr, sem um vikur fullar er í árinu, Rb. 128: at yðr verði þat ekki um afl, beyond your strength, more than one can do, Band. 21 new Ed.; um megn, id., Fms. viii. 62; þetta mál er nökkut þér um megn, vi. 18; kasta steini um megn sér, to overstrain oneself: um of, excessive; þótti mörgum þetta um of, Vígl. 18: um fram (q. v.), beyond; um alla menn fram, above all men, Ld. 20, Fms. v. 343; um alla hluti fram, above all things; um þat fram sem ykkr var lofat, Sks.: um hug; vera e-t um hug, to have no mind for, dislike; ef þér er nökkut um hug á kaupum við oss, Nj. 24.IV. turned over, in exchange; skipta um, snúa um, venda um, see skipta III and snúa A. III.V. over, across; detta, falla um e-t, to stumble over; hverr féll um annan, of heaps of slain. Eg. 24; fÉll bóandinn um hann, Nj. 96; detta um stein, þúfu, to stumble over a stone, mound; glotta um tönn, see tönn.VI. by; draugrinn hafði þokat at Þorsteini um þrjár setur, by three seats, Fb. i. 417; hefja upp of faðm saman, by a fathom, Grág. ii. 336; minka um helming, to decrease by one half; hverr um sik, each by himself, Rétt. 114.VII. about; eiga e-t um at vera, to be troubled about a thing; þeir sögðu honum hvat um var at vera, what it was about, Hrafn. 18; sem engi ótti væri um at vera, no danger, Fms. iv. 57; eiga ekki um at vera, iii. 156; or, eiga um ekki at vera, Gísl. 30; eiga vandræði, fjölskyldi um at vera, Fms. vi. 378, xi. 78; hann segir honum um hvat vera er, what was the matter? Gísl. 36; þann sagði þvílíkt er hann hafði um at vera, Krok.; var fátt um með þeim, they were on cold terms, Nj. 2; var þá ekki lítið um, there was no little fuss about it, Bárð. 174; mikit er um þá maðrinn býr, mart hefir hann að hugsa, a ditty.VIII. ellipt., til marks um, Nj. 56; þykkir honum vænkask um, Fms. xi. 135; þann mála-búnað at hann verðr sekr um, Nj. 88; ef satt skal um tala, 105; mér hefir tvennt um sýnzk, 3; menn ræddu um at vánt væri skip hans, 282; hér má ek vel svara þér um, 33; hann brá dúki um, Fms. x. 382; enda er þá djöfullinn um (about, lurking) at svíkja þann mann, Hom. 159; þannig sem atburðr hefir orðit um, as things have turned out, Fms. xi. 64; ekki er við menn um at eiga, this is no dealing with men (but with trolls or devils), Nj. 97.IX. with adverbs; í hring útan um, all round, Eg. 486; gékk um Veðrit, veered round, changed, Bs. i. 775; ríða um, to ride by, Eg. 748; sigla um, to sail by, Fms. x. 23; er konungr færi norðan ok suðr um, Eg. 53; langt um, far beyond, quite; fljótið var langt um úfært, quite impassable, Nj. 63, 144; þessi veðr eru langt um úfær, Grett. 181 new Ed.; cp. mod. það er langt um betra, by far better; kring-um, all around, see A.V.2. um liðinn, passed by, of time; á þeirri viku er um var liðin, in the past week, Ísl. ii. 332.WITH DAT.A. Local, over, Lat. super; but almost entirely confined to poets, sitja um matborði (of Hkr. iii. 109) = sitja yfir matborði, Fms. viii. 51; um verði, over the table, Hm. 30; sitja of (= yfir) skörðum hlut, Ó. H. 150; sá er tvá húskarla á, ok um sjálfum sér, two house-carles besides himself, Grág. (Kb.) i. 10; um alda sonum, Fm. 16; er ek hafðak veldi of héruðum þessum, Clem. 35; hár söngr of svírum, Hornklofi; nema þér syngi um höfði, Hkv. 2; sitja um sínum ver, Vsp.; er ek sat soltin um Sigurði, Gkv. 2. 11; opin-spjallr um e-u, … þagmælskr um þjóðlygi (dat.), Ad. 1; um styrkum ættar stuðli, 12; ægis-hjálm bar ek um alda sonum, meðan ek um menjum lák, Fm. 16; gól um hánum, Vsp.; úlfr þaut um hræfi, Ó. H. (in a verse); see ‘of,’ prep., p. 462, col. 2, and yfir.B. Of time, by; um dögum, by day, Fms. vi. 98, ix. 48; um nóttum, by night, vii. 166; um haustum, in the autumn, Eb. 216; bæði um haustum ok várum, both in autumn and spring, Sks. 235 B; um sumrum, Fms. vi. 255; um sumrum herjuðu þeir í Noreg, Eb. 3; þakt með ísum um vetrum ok sumrum, both winter and summer, Sks. 181 B; opt um vetnim, Eg. 4; þeir liggja úti hvert sumar, en um vetrum eru þeir heima, Fms. xi. 97. This use with dat. is obsolete in mod. prose. -
119 écrire
écrire [ekʀiʀ]➭ TABLE 391. transitive verb2. intransitive verb3. reflexive verb► s'écrirea. [personnes] to write to each otherb. comment ça s'écrit ? how do you spell it?* * *ekʀiʀ
1.
1) ( rédiger) to write (à to)2) ( orthographier) to spell
2.
verbe intransitif gén to write
3.
s'écrire verbe pronominal1) ( être rédigé) to be written2) ( être orthographié) to be spelled* * *ekʀiʀ1. vt[lettre, roman, nom, réponse, déclaration] to writeécrire à qn que — to write and tell sb that, to write sb that USA
2. vi* * *écrire verb table: écrireA vtr1 (tracer, rédiger, communiquer) to write (à to; que that);2 ( orthographier) to spell; savoir comment écrire un mot to know how to spell a word.B vi1 gén to write; écrire à l'encre to write in ink; essaie de mieux écrire try to improve your writing; tu écris bien/mal you've got nice/bad writing;C s'écrire vpr1 (être tracé, rédigé, communiqué) to be written; ça ne s'écrit jamais this is never written;2 ( être orthographié) to be spelled; Hachette s'écrit avec deux t Hachette is spelled with two t's; ça s'écrit comme ça se prononce it's spelled the way it sounds.[ekrir] verbe transitif1. [tracer - caractère, mot] to writetu écris mal [illisiblement] your handwriting is badles enfants écrivaient dans le sable avec un bâton the children were writing in the sand with a stick2. [rédiger - lettre, livre] to write ; [ - chèque, ordonnance] to write (out)écrire une lettre à la machine/sur un traitement de texte to type a letter on a typewriter/a word processorécrire pour demander des renseignements to write in ou off for informationelle écrit bien/mal [du point de vue du style] she's a good/bad writeril était écrit qu'ils se retrouveraient they were bound ou fated to find each other again3. [noter] to write down4. [épeler] to spell————————s'écrire verbe pronominal (emploi passif)[s'épeler] to be spelled————————s'écrire verbe pronominal (emploi réciproque)[échanger des lettres] to write to each other -
120 hvárr-tveggi
or hvárr-tveggja; an older form, hvaðar-tveggi, occurs in Hkr. i. 205 (in a verse), and acc. m. hvaðran-tveggja, Korm. 224 (middle of the 10th century).A. Forms:—the older declension is hvárr-tveggja, originally in two words, of which the latter is a gen. of tveir, literally = uter duorum, whether of twain; this form freq. occurs in old writers, the latter part being indecl., thus, neut. hvárt-tveggja, utrum duorum, Grág. i. 113, Hom. 156, Eg. 61, v. 1.: gen. hvárs-tveggja, Fms. i. 19, Grág. ii. 144: dat. hvárum-tveggja, hváru-tveggja, Fms. ii. 310, vii. 251, x. 304, Hkr. iii. 8, Grág. i. 113, Nj. 64, Eg. 181, Ísl. ii. 332; dat. fem. hvárri-tveggja, Sks. 215 B: acc. hvárn-tveggja, Nj. 145, Fms. i. 12, 13, K. Þ. K. 158: nom. pl. hvárir-tveggja, Sks. 272: gen. pl. hvárra-tveggja, Fms. x. 276.II. tveggja afterwards took a kind of weak inflexion, viz. tveggi in nom. sing., tveggju in the oblique cases and in plur., in dat. tveggjum, but these forms are often applied with great irregularity; nom. sing. hvárr-tveggi, Grág. i. 6l, Fms. i. 17, 265, x. 249, Nj. 39, 55, 59, Ld. 290, Landn. 47, Ísl. ii. 360, 366, 369, Eg. 765, Js. 8, Hkr. iii. 8, passim: gen. fem. hvarrar tveggju, Boll. 326 C: dat. fem. sing. hvárri-tveggju, Grág. ii. 228, Nj. 210, v. 1.: acc. fem. hvára-tveggju, Fms. i. 62: pl. hvárir-tveggju, 655 xvii. i, Grág. i. 69, 107, Fms. i. 38, Eg. 267, Fb. ii. 103, 211, Fbr. 98, passim: acc. pl. hvára-tveggju, Grág. i. 78, Ld. 210: gen. pl. hvárra-tveggju, Eg. 32, Fms. ii. 14: dat. pl. hvárum-tveggjum, Grág. i. 30, ii. 44, Fms. i. 114, Landn. 160, passim.2. mixed irreg. forms, nom. pl. hvárir-tveggi, Grág. i. 69; hváru-tveggju (as nom. pl.), Ísl. ii. 254, scarcely occurs in good old MSS., but is freq. in mod. usage even as an indecl. form.B. Usage:I. either, each of two, both, Lat. uterque, Gr. ἑκάτερος, used both as adjective and substantive: 1. as adjective; ór hvárritveggju hlustinni, Nj. 210; ór hvárutveggju liðinu, Hkr. iii. 8; hvárumtveggjum leysingjunum, Fms. i. 114; ór hvárutveggja því vatni, vii. 251; hvárrtveggi herrinn, Hkr. iii. 8; um Mæri hváratveggju, Fms. i. 62; at hvárritveggju tiltekju þessi. Grág. ii. 228; á Bálkastöðum hvárumtveggjum, Landn. 160.2. as substantive, with gen.; hvárrtveggi þeirra, Grág. i. 61; hvárumtveggja þeirra, Nj. 64; hugr hvárstveggja þeirra, Fms. i. 19: with a possess, pron., hvárrtveggi okkarr, Nj. 55.β. absol., til hvárstveggja, góðs ok ílls, Grág. ii. 144; hvárttveggja, fuglar ok aðrar skepnur, Sks. 103 B; við skaplyndi hvárratveggju, Fms. ii. 14; hvárttveggja, ok þó …, Sks. 351 B; at hvárirtveggi nemi orð annarra, Grág. i. 69.II. the neut. hvárttveggja, used as adverb, both; þá hefir þat h. tynt góðum siðum ok dugandi mönnum, Sks. 348; very freq. in mod. usage with the particle enda ironically expressing dislike, það er hvortveggja hann kann mikit, enda veit hann af því, ‘tis true he knows much, but he lets it be seen.
См. также в других словарях:
Usage — Us age, n. [F. usage, LL. usaticum. See {Use}.] [1913 Webster] 1. The act of using; mode of using or treating; treatment; conduct with respect to a person or a thing; as, good usage; ill usage; hard usage. [1913 Webster] My brother Is prisoner to … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
good use — (in a language) standard use or usage. Also, good usage. * * * good use, ways of speaking and writing accepted as standard … Useful english dictionary
good use — (in a language) standard use or usage. Also, good usage. * * * … Universalium
usage — I (Roget s IV) n. 1. [Custom] Syn. practice, wont, rule, habit, habiture, convention, way, method, mode, routine, rote, formula, acceptance, regulation, currency. 2. [Accepted language] Syn. good usage, grammatical usage, approved diction; see… … English dictionary for students
good — /good/, adj., better, best, n., interj., adv. adj. 1. morally excellent; virtuous; righteous; pious: a good man. 2. satisfactory in quality, quantity, or degree: a good teacher; good health. 3. of high quality; excellent. 4. right; proper; fit:… … Universalium
Usage share of operating systems — Usage share of web client operating systems. (Source: Median values from Usage share of operating systems for August 2011.) Windows XP ( … Wikipedia
Usage-based insurance — Usage based insurance, also known as pay as you drive (PAYD) and mile based auto insurance is a type of automobile insurance whereby the costs of motor insurance are dependent upon type of vehicle used, measured against Time, Distance and Place.… … Wikipedia
good — [good] adj. better, best [ME gode < OE gōd, akin to Ger gut < IE base * ghedh , to unite, be associated, suitable > GATHER] I a general term of approval or commendation 1. a) suitable to a purpose; effective; efficient [a lamp good to… … English World dictionary
Good-natured — Good na tured, a. Naturally mild in temper; not easily provoked; amiable; cheerful; not taking offense easily; as, too good natured to resent a little criticism; the good natured policeman on our block; the sounds of good natured play. Opposite… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
good — 1 adj bet·ter, best 1: commercially sound or reliable a good risk 2 a: valid or effectual under the law b: free of defects 3 a: characterized by honesty and fairness b: conforming to a standard of vi … Law dictionary
Good old boys — or good ole boys/good ol boys is an American slang term that can have both positive and negative meanings, depending on context and usage. Complimentary Slang The term can be used for well socialized men who live in rural and generally southern… … Wikipedia